unfoldingWord_en_tn/tn_JOS.tsv

Reference	ID	Tags	SupportReference	Quote	Occurrence	Note
front:intro	syt5				0	# Introduction to Joshua\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of Joshua\n\n1. Conquest of the land of Canaan (1:1–12:24)\n    * Preparation for conquest; spies; crossing the Jordan River (1:1–5:1)\n    * Ceremonies at Gilgal; conquest of Jericho and Ai (5:2–8:29)\n    * The covenant affirmed at Shechem (8:30–35)\n    * Southern and central campaigns; northern campaigns (9:1–12:24)\n1. Settlement in the Promised Land; division of the land (13:1–22:34)\n1. Joshua’s final days (23:1–24:33)\n\n### What is the Book of Joshua about?\n\nThe Book of Joshua is about the Israelites entering and occupying the Promised Land. Joshua was the leader that replaced Moses. He led the Israelites as they fought the people living in the Promised Land. This book also tells how the Israelites divided the land among the twelve tribes. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThis book traditionally has the title “Joshua” because Joshua leads the people of Israel after Moses dies. Translators may create a title such as “The Book About When Joshua Led Israel.” Translators should avoid a title that suggests Joshua as the writer of the book.\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Joshua?\n\nThe book does not tell who wrote it. However, some verses in the book indicate that Joshua may have written at least part of it. Since ancient times, Jews have thought that Joshua wrote most of the book.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### How does the Book of Joshua present the cause of historical events?\n\nIn the ancient Near East, people assumed that gods caused world events to happen in a certain way. The Book of Joshua has some similarities with this view, but there are important differences. The events in the Book of Joshua occurred because Yahweh promised the Israelites that he would give them the Promised Land. What happened also depended on whether or not the Israelites obeyed Yahweh.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?\n\nThis phrase was used by the writer to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. He must avoid giving the impression to readers that “to this day” means “to the present day.” The translator might decide to say “to this day, at the time when this was being written,” or “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Joshua 4:9; 6:25; 7:26; 8:28, 29; 10:27; 13:13; 14:14; 15:63; 16:10.\n\n### What does the phrase “all Israel” mean?\n\nThis phrase appears many times in the Book of Joshua, but it does not always mean every person in the nation of Israel. At times it means the Israelite army. At other times it means the representatives of the twelve tribes of Israel. In still other passages, it probably means a large number of the people in the nation of Israel.\n\n### When should Joshua be translated?\n\nThe Book of Joshua should probably not be translated before Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy. This is because the historical events of Joshua will not be understood without the information in these previous books.
1:intro	r7gc				0	# Joshua 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter appears to be a natural continuation of the book of Deuteronomy.\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Be strong and Courageous\n\nJoshua is often told, “Be strong and courageous.” This repeated encouragement is on purpose and may indicate Joshua will need help in the future.\n\n### Crossing the Jordan River\n\nIn this chapter the words **crossing over** refer to going to the opposite bank of the Jordan River.\n\n### The settling of the the Promised Land by the people of Israel\n\nJoshua [1:12-15](../01/12.md) records that the tribes of Reuben, Gad, and half of the tribe of Manasseh settled on the east side of the Jordan River but that God required the fighting men from these three tribes to accompany the rest of the Israelites to the west side of the Jordan River and help them fight against the people who lived in the land.
1:1	s8u5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	מ֥וֹת מֹשֶׁ֖ה עֶ֣בֶד יְהוָ֑ה	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s servant died”
1:1	eka2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	נ֔וּן	1	The word **Nun** is the name of Joshua’s father.
1:2	le23		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עֲבֹ֜ר אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה	1	Here, the phrase **cross over this Jordan** means “go to the opposite bank of the Jordan River.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “travel from this side to the opposite side of the Jordan River”
1:2	xugz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לָ⁠הֶ֖ם לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	The phrase **the sons of Israel** is used with the phrase **to them** to add emphasis. It is not making a distinction between **the sons of Israel** and the word **them**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these two phrase into one phrase as modeled by the UST.
1:2	o0hj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	Here, **sons** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the descendants of Israel”
1:2	ragw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	Joshua is one of the **sons of Israel**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that Joshua is included in this promise. Alternate translation: “to you and the rest of the sons of Israel” or “to you and all the descendants of Israel”
1:3	t94e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	כָּל־מָק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּדְרֹ֧ךְ כַּֽף־רַגְלְ⁠כֶ֛ם בּ֖⁠וֹ	1	Yahweh is using **the sole of your foot** to represent the people of Israel themselves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Every place that you will tread upon”
1:3	xjc9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	רַגְלְ⁠כֶ֛ם…לָ⁠כֶ֣ם	1	Here, the words **your** and **you** are plural and refer to Joshua and all the other Israelite people.
1:3	v1l7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	לָ⁠כֶ֣ם נְתַתִּ֑י⁠ו	1	Yahweh is using the past tense in order to refer to something that he will do in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “I will give it to you” or “I will certainly give it to you”
1:4	xqnb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish	וְֽ⁠עַד־הַ⁠נָּהָ֧ר הַ⁠גָּד֣וֹל נְהַר־פְּרָ֗ת	1	The phrase **the great river** gives us further information about **the Euphrates River**. It is not making a distinction between a river that is great and one that is not great. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “the great Euphrates River”
1:4	nffx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠יָּ֥ם הַ⁠גָּד֖וֹל	1	Here, the phrase **the great sea** refers to the Mediterranean Sea. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST.
1:4	nbe3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	גְּבוּלְ⁠כֶֽם	1	Here, the word **your** is plural and refers to the tribes of Israel and includes Joshua.
1:5	l58e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לֹֽא…אִישׁ֙	1	Here, the phrase **No man** means “No people group” or “No nation.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “No nation”
1:5	rk2g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יִתְיַצֵּ֥ב	1	The phrase **stand against** is a Hebrew expression that means “resist” or “withstand”. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “will be able to resist”
1:5	w48w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	לְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ…חַיֶּ֑י⁠ךָ…עִמָּ֔⁠ךְ…אַרְפְּ⁠ךָ֖…אֶעֶזְבֶֽ⁠ךָּ	1	In this verse every occurrence of the words **you** and **your** are singular and refer to Joshua.
1:5	iq2e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	לֹ֥א אַרְפְּ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠לֹ֥א אֶעֶזְבֶֽ⁠ךָּ	1	The words “abandon” and “leave” mean basically the same thing. Yahweh combines them to emphasize that he will not do these things. Alternate translation: “I will certainly stay with you always” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1:6	a5yc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	חֲזַ֖ק וֶ⁠אֱמָ֑ץ	1	The phrases **Be strong** and **be courageous** mean similar things. The author is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Be very courageous”
1:6	gn34		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לַ⁠אֲבוֹתָ֖⁠ם	1	Here, **fathers** means “ancestors” and refers specifically to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to their forefathers” or “to their forefathers Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob”
1:7	xle4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	חֲזַ֨ק וֶֽ⁠אֱמַ֜ץ מְאֹ֗ד	1	These are the exact same phrases that occurred in the previous verse except here the word **very** is added for increased emphasis. See how you translated the words “Be strong and be courageous” in the previous verse.
1:7	vwe1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	חֲזַ֨ק וֶֽ⁠אֱמַ֜ץ מְאֹ֗ד לִ⁠שְׁמֹ֤ר לַ⁠עֲשׂוֹת֙	1	Here, the first use of the word **to** shows that **do according to all the law that Moses…commanded** is the goal or purpsoe of the command to **be strong and courageous**. Yahweh wanted Joshua to **be strong and be very courageous** so that he would obey the law of Moses. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternate translation: “be strong and be very courageous, in order that you are careful to do” or “be strong and be very courageous, so that you can be careful to do”
1:7-9	k618		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	צִוְּ⁠ךָ֙…תַּשְׂכִּ֔יל…תֵּלֵֽךְ…מִ⁠פִּ֗י⁠ךָ וְ⁠הָגִ֤יתָ…תִּשְׁמֹ֣ר…תַּצְלִ֥יחַ אֶת־דְּרָכֶ֖⁠ךָ…תַּשְׂכִּֽיל…צִוִּיתִ֨י⁠ךָ֙…עִמְּ⁠ךָ֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔י⁠ךָ בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר תֵּלֵֽךְ	1	Every use of the words **your** and **you** in these three verses are singular and refer to Joshua.
1:7	fi6s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אַל־תָּס֥וּר מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ	1	Here, to **turn aside from** is an idiom that means “stop obeying.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Do not stop obeying it”
1:7	db9m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	יָמִ֣ין וּ⁠שְׂמֹ֑אול	1	The phrase **to the right or to the left** is an idiom that means that Joshua must not stop obeying any part of the law of Moses. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “follow it exactly” or “obey all of the law”
1:7	pust		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	אַל־תָּס֥וּר מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ יָמִ֣ין וּ⁠שְׂמֹ֑אול לְמַ֣עַן תַּשְׂכִּ֔יל בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר תֵּלֵֽךְ	1	Here, **so that** marks **you may succeed in every place where you go** as the goal or purpose of **Do not turn aside from it to the right or to the left**. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
1:8	g4qg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לֹֽא־יָמ֡וּשׁ סֵפֶר֩ הַ⁠תּוֹרָ֨ה הַ⁠זֶּ֜ה מִ⁠פִּ֗י⁠ךָ	1	The phrase **shall not depart from your mouth** means that Joshua must read the **book of the law**, both alone and to the people of Israel. Jewish people read out loud, even when reading alone, so the command that the **book of the law…not depart from your mouth** is a command to read the **book of the law**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that this command refers to reading the **book of the law**. Alternate translation: “You shall not stop reading this book of the law”
1:8	vu2t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	יוֹמָ֣ם וָ⁠לַ֔יְלָה	1	Here, **day and night** is referring to all the time by naming major time components. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “round-the-clock” or “all the time”
1:8	m25g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	וְ⁠הָגִ֤יתָ בּ⁠וֹ֙ יוֹמָ֣ם וָ⁠לַ֔יְלָה לְמַ֨עַן֙ תִּשְׁמֹ֣ר לַ⁠עֲשׂ֔וֹת כְּ⁠כָל־הַ⁠כָּת֖וּב בּ֑⁠וֹ	1	Here, **so that** marks **be careful to do according to all that is written in it** as the goal or purpose of meditating on the **book of the law…day and night**. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
1:8	ennq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/ grammar-connect-words-phrases	תִּשְׁמֹ֣ר לַ⁠עֲשׂ֔וֹת כְּ⁠כָל־הַ⁠כָּת֖וּב בּ֑⁠וֹ כִּי־אָ֛ז תַּצְלִ֥יחַ אֶת־דְּרָכֶ֖⁠ךָ וְ⁠אָ֥ז תַּשְׂכִּֽיל	1	Here, the phrase **For then** introduces the result if Joshua and the Israelites are **careful to do according to all this is written in** the law of Moses. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is introducing the result of carefully obeying the law of Moses.
1:8	lcs7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	תַּצְלִ֥יחַ אֶת־דְּרָכֶ֖⁠ךָ וְ⁠אָ֥ז תַּשְׂכִּֽיל	1	The terms **prosperous** and **succeed** mean similar things. The author is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “you will make your ways prosperous” or “you will succeed”
1:9	vt4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠ל֤וֹא צִוִּיתִ֨י⁠ךָ֙	1	The author is not asking for information, but is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the Alternate translation: “I have commanded you!” or “Surely I have commanded you!”
1:9	fnz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	חֲזַ֣ק וֶ⁠אֱמָ֔ץ	1	See how you translated **Be strong and be courageous** in [1:6](../01/06.md).
1:9	f8qm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	יְהוָ֣ה	1	Here Yahweh speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person as modeled by the UST.
1:11	ck8h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּ⁠ע֣וֹד׀ שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֗ים	1	Here Joshua was counting the current day as day one. This was the way that Jewish people counted days. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “in two days from now” or “on the day after tomorrow”
1:11	wg1e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	עֹֽבְרִים֙ אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה	1	Here, **cross over** refers to going to the opposite side of the river. Alternate translation: “will be about to travel to the other side of this Jordan”
1:11	f3rg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes		1	Embedded quotes can be expressed as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: “Go through the camp and command the people to prepare provisions for themselves. In three days they will cross over this Jordan and go in and possess the land that Yahweh their God is giving them to possess.”
1:13	dgxd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	זָכוֹר֙ אֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֔ר אֲשֶׁ֨ר	1	Joshua did not think that the people from these three tribes had forgotten what Moses had instructed them. Rather, he is using the word **Remember** to cause them to pay attention to what he is going to say next. If you would not use the word **Remember** for this purpose you could use an equivalent expression or indicate the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You know the word that” or “You remember the word that” or “Keep in mind the word that”
1:13	ylv8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֔ר	1	Here, **word** represents what Moses had said to Joshua using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the instructions” or “the words”
1:13	jquc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	אֶתְ⁠כֶ֛ם…אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶם֙…לָ⁠כֶ֔ם…לָ⁠כֶ֖ם	1	Every occurrence of the words **your** and **you** in this verse are plural and refer to Joshua and the Israelites.
1:13	l5qn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מֵנִ֣יחַ לָ⁠כֶ֔ם	1	The phrase **give rest** is an idiom that refers to living peacefully and settling down in the land after Israel defeated its enemies. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “cause you to live peacefully”
1:14	vefn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וּ⁠מִקְנֵי⁠כֶם֒	1	Here, the word translated as **livestock** refers to cows, sheep, and goats. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and your cows and sheep and goats”
1:14	d575		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לַֽ⁠אֲחֵי⁠כֶם֮	1	Here, the word **brothers** means “fellow Israelites” and refers to the Israelites from the other tribes of Israel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to your fellow Israelites”
1:14	rk3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בּוֹרֵ֣י הַ⁠חַ֔יִל	1	The phrase **the mighty men of valor** refers to the men who were fighting age, over 20 years old. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the men of fighting age”
1:15	b5yt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֲשֶׁר־יָנִ֨יחַ & לַֽ⁠אֲחֵי⁠כֶם֮	1	The phrase **gives rest** refers to living peacefully and settling down in the land after Israel defeated its enemies. It has the same meaning as the phrase **give rest** in [1:13](../01/13.md). See how you translated that phrase there.
1:15	f85b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	 לַֽ⁠אֲחֵי⁠כֶם֮ 	1	See how you translated the word **brothers** in the previous verse where it is used with the same meaning.
1:18	zhz1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	כָּל־אִ֞ישׁ	1	Although the term **man** is masculine, the Reubenites, the Gadites, and the half-tribe of Manasseh are using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “Every person”
1:18	rel4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	כָּל־אִ֞ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־יַמְרֶ֣ה אֶת־פִּ֗י⁠ךָ וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִשְׁמַ֧ע אֶת־דְּבָרֶ֛י⁠ךָ לְ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר־תְּצַוֶּ֖⁠נּוּ יוּמָ֑ת	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that any form of disobedience will be punished. The phrase **rebels against your mouth** and the phrase **will not hear your words** mean basically the same thing. The Reubenites, the Gadites, and the half-tribe of Manasseh are the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that they will **put to death** anyone who rebels against what Joshua commands. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one and show the emphasis in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We will surely put to death every man who rebels against what you instruct us to do”
1:18	mxi0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	יַמְרֶ֣ה אֶת־פִּ֗י⁠ךָ וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִשְׁמַ֧ע אֶת־דְּבָרֶ֛י⁠ךָ	1	The speakers are using the words **mouth** and **words** and associating them with the instructions or commands that Joshua would speak with his **mouth** using **words**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use equivalent expressions or use plain language. Alternate translation: “rebels against your commands and will not hear your instructions”
1:18	lbc3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יוּמָ֑ת	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the context implies indicates that the Reubenites, the Gadites, and the half-tribe of Manasseh will do it. Alternate translation: “we will put to death”
1:18	m66s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	יוּמָ֑ת	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea with an active verb or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we will kill”
1:18	zez7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	חֲזַ֥ק וֶ⁠אֱמָֽץ	1	See how you translated the phrase **be strong and be courageous** in [1:6](../01/06.md).
2:intro	vg4m				0	# Joshua 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter begins the story of the conquest of the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Rahab’s faith\n\nRahab expressed her faith in Yahweh. The statement “for Yahweh your God, he is God in heaven above and on the earth below” is a recognition of her faith. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])\n\n### Crossing the Jordan River\n\nIn this chapter the words **crossing over** refer to going to the opposite bank of the Jordan River.\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nThe Israelites were to completely destroy the evil Canaanites. They are compared to melting snow: “ … melting away because of us.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
2:1	ig8n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	נ֠וּן	1	See how you translated this name in [1:1](../01/01.md).
2:1	w886		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	הַ⁠שִּׁטִּ֞ים	1	This is the name of a place on the east side of the Jordan River. It means “acacia trees.”
2:1	z78b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	רָחָ֖ב	1	**Rahab** is the name of a woman.
2:2	y177		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יֵּ֣אָמַ֔ר לְ⁠מֶ֥לֶךְ יְרִיח֖וֹ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the context does not indicate who did it but it can be implied that it was a person. Alternate translation: “And someone said to the king of Jericho”
2:2	rlef		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	Although the term **sons** is masculine, the person speaking to the king is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. The word **sons** here, refers to both men and women who are descendants of Israel. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Israel”
2:3	apx4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	רָחָ֖ב	1	See how you translated the name **Rahab** in the previous verse.
2:3	xz7u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	הַ⁠בָּאִ֤ים אֵלַ֨יִ⁠ךְ֙ אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֣אוּ לְ⁠בֵיתֵ֔⁠ךְ	1	Your language may say “going” and “went” rather than **coming** and **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “the ones going to you who went to your house”
2:5	ty4v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יְהִ֨י הַ⁠שַּׁ֜עַר לִ⁠סְגּ֗וֹר	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action you can indicate that “men” did it. Alternate translation: “And men shut the gate”
2:5	o0r3			תַשִּׂיגֽוּ⁠ם	1	The word the ULT translates as **you may overtake them** could refer to an event that is: (1) a possibility. Alternate translation: “perhaps you can overtake them” (2) in the future. Alternate translation: “you will overtake them”
2:6	l5zb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וְ⁠הִ֖יא הֶעֱלָ֣תַ⁠ם הַ⁠גָּ֑גָ⁠ה וַֽ⁠תִּטְמְנֵ⁠ם֙ בְּ⁠פִשְׁתֵּ֣י הָ⁠עֵ֔ץ הָ⁠עֲרֻכ֥וֹת לָ֖⁠הּ עַל־הַ⁠גָּֽג	1	The author is providing this background information to explain how Rahab had hidden the men in [2:4](../02/04.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information.
2:6	st56		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠גָּ֑גָ⁠ה	1	The **roof** was flat and strong, so people could walk around on it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that the roof was flat as modeled by the UST.
2:6	b99c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בְּ⁠פִשְׁתֵּ֣י הָ⁠עֵ֔ץ	1	The word **flax** refers to a plant that is grown for its fibers, which is used in making cloth. It has tall, slender stalks that can tied into bundles. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of plant, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “in the long stalks of a plant”
2:7	p4sx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַֽ⁠מַּעְבְּר֑וֹת	1	A **ford** is a place where a river or other body of water is shallow enough for people to get to the other side by walking through it. If you do not have a term to describe this type of place, you could use a more general term as modeled by the UST.
2:8	ds5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	עָלְתָ֥ה	1	Your language may say “came up” rather than **went up** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “came up”
2:9	t8zy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	יָדַ֕עְתִּי כִּֽי־נָתַ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	Here, the word **you** is plural and refers to all the Israelite people. Alternate translation: “I know that Yahweh has given the land to you Israelites”
2:9	oa1x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וְ⁠כִֽי־נָפְלָ֤ה אֵֽימַתְ⁠כֶם֙ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ וְ⁠כִ֥י נָמֹ֛גוּ כָּל־יֹשְׁבֵ֥י הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ מִ⁠פְּנֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	The phrase **dread of you has fallen** and the phrase **melted from before your face** mean basically the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “and we and all the other people who dwell in the land have become very afraid of you”
2:9	xr6a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	נָפְלָ֤ה אֵֽימַתְ⁠כֶם֙ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ	1	The phrase **the dread of you has fallen on us** is an idiom meaning that they “had become afraid.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “we have become afraid of you”
2:9	u74z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	נָמֹ֛גוּ & מִ⁠פְּנֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	The phrase **melted from before your face** is an idiom meaning that the people who lived in the land of Canaan had become afraid of the Israelites. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “have become afraid before you” or “have become afraid in your presence”
2:10	y7a1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	בְּ⁠צֵאתְ⁠כֶ֖ם	1	Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “when you came out”
2:10	c6i6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	לְ⁠סִיחֹ֣ן וּ⁠לְ⁠ע֔וֹג	1	**Sihon** and **Og** are the names of men who were Amorite kings.
2:11	qx6v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	 וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבֵ֔⁠נוּ וְ⁠לֹא־קָ֨מָה ע֥וֹד ר֛וּחַ בְּ⁠אִ֖ישׁ מִ⁠פְּנֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	The phrases **our hearts have melted** and **the spirit in a man no longer stands from your face** are both idioms that mean that the people who lived in Canaan were very afraid of the Israelites. If your readers would not understand this, you could use equivalent idioms or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and we are afraid and the people in the land are afraid of your presence”
2:11	sdem		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	 וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבֵ֔⁠נוּ וְ⁠לֹא־קָ֨מָה ע֥וֹד ר֛וּחַ בְּ⁠אִ֖ישׁ מִ⁠פְּנֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	The phrases **our hearts have melted** and **the spirit in a man no longer stands from your face** mean basically the same thing. Rahab says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, for emphasis. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “and we have become very afraid of you” or “and we have become very afraid of your presence”
2:11	agqj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	בְּ⁠אִ֖ישׁ	1	Although the term **man** is masculine, Rahab is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “in a person”
2:12	nmi4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	עָשִׂ֥יתִי עִמָּ⁠כֶ֖ם חָ֑סֶד וַ⁠עֲשִׂיתֶ֨ם גַּם־אַתֶּ֜ם עִם־בֵּ֤ית אָבִ⁠י֙ חֶ֔סֶד וּ⁠נְתַתֶּ֥ם לִ֖⁠י א֥וֹת אֱמֶֽת	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **kindness** and **truth**, you could express the same ideas with adverbs or non-abstract nouns or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have acted kindly with you, swear to me that you also will act kindly toward the house of my father and give me a sure token that you will do this”
2:12	iw4j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בֵּ֤ית אָבִ⁠י֙	1	Rahab is speaking of her family as if they were her father’s **house**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a similar expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the household of my father” or “my family”
2:13	m6i6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	⁠הִצַּלְתֶּ֥ם אֶת־נַפְשֹׁתֵ֖י⁠נוּ מִ⁠מָּֽוֶת	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **death** and **lives**, you could express the same ideas with a verb or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And you will save us from being killed”
2:14	ji8q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	תַחְתֵּי⁠כֶם֙	1	Here, the word **your** is plural and refers to Rahab and her family.
2:14	yb7i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula	נַפְשֵׁ֤⁠נוּ תַחְתֵּי⁠כֶם֙ לָ⁠מ֔וּת	1	This is an oath formula in which the two spies are promising to give their lives (allow themselves to be killed) if they do not keep their promise and spare Rahab and her families lives when the Israelites conquer Jericho and kill its inhabitants. Alternate translation: “If we do not do what we promise, may Yahweh take our lives” or “If you and your family are killed when we conquer Jericho may Yahweh kill us as well”
2:14	ja4n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠עָשִׂ֥ינוּ עִמָּ֖⁠ךְ חֶ֥סֶד וֶ⁠אֱמֶֽת	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **kindness** and **faithfulness**, you could express the same ideas with adjectives or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that we will act kindly and faithfully with you”
2:14	af54		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	וְ⁠עָשִׂ֥ינוּ עִמָּ֖⁠ךְ חֶ֥סֶד וֶ⁠אֱמֶֽת	1	The terms **kindness** and **faithfulness** mean similar things. The author is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “we will surely deal kindly with you” or “we will surely act faithfully toward you”
2:17	dmh8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	נְקִיִּ֣ם אֲנַ֔חְנוּ מִ⁠שְּׁבֻעָתֵ֥⁠ךְ הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר הִשְׁבַּעְתָּֽ⁠נוּ	1	This expresses a condition for the promise the spies had made to Rahab. The word, “this,” refers to “tie this scarlet rope in the window” in [Joshua 2:18](../02/18.md).
2:18	z8uo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	הִנֵּ֛ה	1	The author is using the term **Behold** to focus attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation.
2:18	giu3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	אֲנַ֥חְנוּ בָאִ֖ים	1	Your language may say “go” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “we are about to go”
2:18	e4iw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֨י	1	The word **scarlet** refers to a bright red color. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the bright red material” or “the crimson material”
2:18	yscl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בֵּ֣ית אָבִ֔י⁠ךְ	1	The two men are speaking of Rahab’s family as if they were her father’s **house**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a similar expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the household of your father” or “of your family”
2:18	x2n8			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nThe Israelite spies clarify the condition they expressed in [Joshua 2:15](../02/15.md).
2:19	vdc9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	כֹּ֣ל אֲשֶׁר־יֵצֵא֩ מִ⁠דַּלְתֵ֨י בֵיתֵ֧⁠ךְ ׀ הַ⁠ח֛וּצָ⁠ה דָּמ֥⁠וֹ בְ⁠רֹאשׁ֖⁠וֹ וַ⁠אֲנַ֣חְנוּ נְקִיִּ֑ם וְ֠⁠כֹל אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִֽהְיֶ֤ה אִתָּ⁠ךְ֙ בַּ⁠בַּ֔יִת דָּמ֣⁠וֹ בְ⁠רֹאשֵׁ֔⁠נוּ אִם־יָ֖ד תִּֽהְיֶה־בּֽ⁠וֹ	1	This part of the verse expresses two possible situations and then gives the outcome of what will happen if the condition is met in each. (1) If Rahab or any person in her family goes outside the doors of her house then their blood will be on their own head (they will be responsible for their own death) (2) If any one who stays inside Rahab’s house is harmed then their blood will be on the spies heads (the two men will be responsible). Express these conditions in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if anyone goes outside your house then it is that person’s own fault and we will be innocent. But if our army harms anyone who remains in your house then we will be responsible for that person’s death”
2:19	k27w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	דָּמ֥⁠וֹ בְ⁠רֹאשׁ֖⁠וֹ…דָּמ֣⁠וֹ בְ⁠רֹאשֵׁ֔⁠נוּ	1	Here **blood** death. To be responsible for a persons death is spoken of as if the blood would be on thei responsible person’s head. Alternate translation: “their death will be their own fault” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2:19	yrzq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	דָּמ֥⁠וֹ בְ⁠רֹאשׁ֖⁠וֹ…דָּמ֣⁠וֹ בְ⁠רֹאשֵׁ֔⁠נוּ	1	The two men are using one part of a person, the **head**, to represent all of a person who is guilty or responsible, specifically a person who is responsible for a death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his blood will be his own responsibility...his blood will be our responsibility” or “his blood will be his own fault...his blood will be our fault”
2:19	m728			וַ⁠אֲנַ֣חְנוּ נְקִיִּ֑ם	1	Alternate translation: “and we will be without fault”
2:19	qg47		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	יָ֖ד תִּֽהְיֶה־בּֽ⁠וֹ	1	The phrase **a hand is laid upon** is an idiom meaning someone is injured or harmed. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “that person is injured” or “if that person is harmed”
2:20	e659		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	תַּגִּ֖ידִי	1	Here, **you** is singular and refers to Rahab.
2:21	uxw6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	כְּ⁠דִבְרֵי⁠כֶ֣ם כֶּן־ה֔וּא	1	This expression indicates that Rahab agreed to the men’s terms of the oath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I agree with these conditions”
2:21	kdr6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֖י	1	See how you translated the phrase **red material** in [2:18](../02/18.md).
2:22	gjr5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֣אוּ	1	Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “and went”
2:23	cv1w			אֵ֥ת כָּל־הַ⁠מֹּצְא֖וֹת אוֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	Alternate translation: “all that they had experienced and seen”
2:23	hegq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	נ֑וּן	1	See how you translated the name **Nun** in [1:1](../01/01.md).
2:24	avki		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	נָתַ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה בְּ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ	1	The two spies are using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will give into our hand”
2:24	tsz0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	נָתַ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה בְּ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ אֶת־כָּל־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	The phrase **has given into our hand** is an idiom meaning “has delivered to our control.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “has delivered all the land to our control” or “has allowed us to conquer all the land”
2:24	eh7s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	נָמֹ֛גוּ כָּל־יֹשְׁבֵ֥י הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	See how you translated the similar phrase “have melted from before your face” in [2:9](../02/09.md).
3:intro	qs85				0	# Joshua 3 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### God dries the Jordan River\n\nJoshua told the people “Dedicate yourselves to Yahweh tomorrow, for Yahweh will do wonders among you.” The conquest of the Promised Land is accomplished through the supernatural power of God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n### Crossing the Jordan River\n\nIn this chapter the words **crossing over** refer to going to the opposite bank of the Jordan River.
3:1	pddt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מֵֽ⁠הַ⁠שִּׁטִּ֗ים	1	See how you translated the word **Shittim** in [2:1](../02/01.md).
3:1	g18m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	See how you translated the phrase **the sons of Israel** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
3:4	tn3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	כְּ⁠אַלְפַּ֥יִם אַמָּ֖ה	1	The word **cubit** is a measurement equaling the distance from the elbow to the end of the the middle finger tip. If it would help your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “of about 900 meters” or “of about 1,000 yards”
3:4	whh9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	אַֽל־תִּקְרְב֣וּ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו לְמַ֤עַן אֲשֶׁר־תֵּֽדְעוּ֙ אֶת־הַ⁠דֶּ֨רֶךְ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר תֵּֽלְכוּ־בָ֔⁠הּ כִּ֣י לֹ֧א עֲבַרְתֶּ֛ם בַּ⁠דֶּ֖רֶךְ מִ⁠תְּמ֥וֹל שִׁלְשֽׁוֹם	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases so that the reason for the command is placed before the result. Alternate translation: “Since you have not passed over by the way from yesterday or before, do not come near to it, so that you will know the way in which you should go.”
3:4	i5vh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	לְמַ֤עַן אֲשֶׁר	1	The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. The officers are stating the purpose for which they were to stay **2,000 cubits** behind the Box of the Covenant. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause.
3:7	q8ud		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אָחֵל֙ גַּדֶּלְ⁠ךָ֔ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֖י כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	Here, **eyes** represent seeing, and seeing represents people’s evaluation and esteem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will begin to cause the Israelite people to realize that I have made you a great leader”
3:9	pd66		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	See how you translated the phrase **the sons of Israel** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
3:13	bej3			כַּפּ֣וֹת רַגְלֵ֣י הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֡ים	1	Alternate translation: “the bottom of the feet of the priests”
3:13	wfhv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כְּ⁠נ֣וֹחַ כַּפּ֣וֹת רַגְלֵ֣י הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֡ים נֹשְׂאֵי֩ אֲר֨וֹן יְהוָ֜ה\nאֲד֤וֹן כָּל־הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙	1	Here, the word **rest** means “stand” or “step into.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as soon as the soles of the feet of the priests who lift the Box of Yahweh, the Lord of all the earth, stand” or “as soon as the soles of the feet of the priests who lift the Box of Yahweh, the Lord of all the earth, step into”
3:13	fuma		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	מֵ֤י הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֙ יִכָּ֣רֵת֔וּ⁠ן	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the context implies that “Yahweh” will do it. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will cut off the waters of the Jordan”
3:13	qp0v			יִכָּ֣רֵת֔וּ⁠ן	1	Alternate translation: “will be stopped”
3:13	s6ud		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	הַ⁠מַּ֥יִם הַ⁠יֹּרְדִ֖ים מִ⁠לְ⁠מָ֑עְלָ⁠ה	1	Your language may say “coming” rather than **going** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “the waters coming down from above”
3:15	gv1e			וּ⁠כְ⁠ב֞וֹא נֹשְׂאֵ֤י הָֽ⁠אָרוֹן֙ עַד־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן וְ⁠רַגְלֵ֤י הַ⁠כֹּֽהֲנִים֙ נֹשְׂאֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אָר֔וֹן נִטְבְּל֖וּ בִּ⁠קְצֵ֣ה הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם וְ⁠הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן מָלֵא֙ עַל־כָּל־גְּדוֹתָ֔י⁠ו כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֥י קָצִֽיר	1	The first sentence in this verse contains the part of the events of this story and the second sentence in this verse is background information. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences so that the background information is placed first. Alternate translation: “(Now the Jordan was full over all its banks all the days of the harvest.) And as soon as those lifting the Box came as far as the Jordan then the feet of the priests lifting the Box were dipped in the edge of the water”
3:15	mx3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וּ⁠כְ⁠ב֞וֹא נֹשְׂאֵ֤י הָֽ⁠אָרוֹן֙	1	Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “And as soon as those lifting the Box went”
3:16	gx0y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	הַ⁠יֹּרְדִ֨ים מִ⁠לְ⁠מַ֜עְלָ⁠ה	1	See how you translated the phrase **going down from above** in [3:]13(../03/13.md). Alternate translation: “coming down from above”
3:16	bbru		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	צָֽרְתָ֔ן	1	**Zarethan** is the name of a city in the Jordan Valley.
3:16	krqs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish	יָ֧ם הָ⁠עֲרָבָ֛ה יָם־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לַח	1	The phrase **the sea of the Arabah** and the phrase **the Sea of Salt** refer to the same sea. The phrase **the sea of the Arabah** gives the location of the sea and the phrase **the Sea of Salt** gives the name of the sea. The phrase **the Sea of Salt** is not making a distinction. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “the sea located near the Arabah, called the Sea of Salt.”
3:16	smkr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	תַּ֣מּוּ נִכְרָ֑תוּ	1	See how you translated the similar phrase in [3:13](../03/13.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh completely cut off” or “were completely stopped”
3:15	mu2b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וְ⁠הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן מָלֵא֙ עַל־כָּל־גְּדוֹתָ֔י⁠ו כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֥י קָצִֽיר	1	The author is providing this background information to emphasize the greatness of what Yahweh is about to do. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information.
3:17	tg4f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֖ן	1	Here, the phrase **the Jordan** refers to the riverbed of the **Jordan** River. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the river bed of the Jordan” or “the Jordan’s river bed”
4:intro	eh7p				0	# Joshua 4 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### God’s war\nThe conquering of the Promised Land was a special war. It was God’s war against the people of Canaan and Joshua recognized that they would only be victorious through Yahweh’s power. This is why their first act after crossing the Jordan River was to build an altar. This war was a witness to Yahweh’s power. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n### Crossing the Jordan River\n\nIn this chapter the words **crossing over** refer to going to the opposite bank of the Jordan River.\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### Chiasm\n\nHebrew poetry sometimes uses a literary a device called a “chiasm” (sometimes called “chiasmus”). A chiasm is when words or phrases are ordered in a AB-BA sequence. In [Joshua 4:7](../04/07.md) Joshua uses a chiasm. The ULT follows the Hebrew order and translates the part of this verse that contains a chiasm as “Because **the waters of the Jordan were cut off from the face of the Box of the Covenant of Yahweh** when **it crossed over in the Jordan**, **the waters of the Jordan were cut off**. (The repeated phrases are highlighted for the purpose of illustration). Notice that the identical phrase “the waters of the Jordan were cut off” is repeated and the phrase “it crossed over in the Jordan” refers to the same thing as the phrase “from the face of the Box of the Covenant of Yahweh” because the word “it” refers to “the Box of the Covenant of Yahweh.” These phrase are repeated in an AB-BA sequence: “the waters of the Jordan were cut off-from the face of the Box of the Covenant of Yahweh...it crossed over in the Jordan-the waters of the Jordan were cut off.”
4:1	yem9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן	1	Here, the phrase **the Jordan** refers to the riverbed of the **Jordan** River, as it did in the previous verse. See how you translated the phrase **the Jordan** there. Alternate translation: “the river bed of the Jordan” or “the Jordan’s river bed”
4:3	g6yc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	וְ⁠צַוּ֣וּ אוֹתָ⁠ם֮ לֵ⁠אמֹר֒ שְׂאֽוּ־לָ⁠כֶ֨ם מִ⁠זֶּ֜ה מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן מִ⁠מַּצַּב֙ רַגְלֵ֣י הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֔ים הָכִ֖ין שְׁתֵּים־עֶשְׂרֵ֣ה אֲבָנִ֑ים וְ⁠הַעֲבַרְתֶּ֤ם אוֹתָ⁠ם֙ עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠הִנַּחְתֶּ֣ם אוֹתָ֔⁠ם בַּ⁠מָּל֕וֹן אֲשֶׁר־תָּלִ֥ינוּ ב֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠לָּֽיְלָה	1	If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And command them to lift up for themselves 12 stones from the midst of the Jordan, from the firm standing place of the feet of the priests. And tell them to bring those stones over with them and shall leave them in the lodging place in which you will lodge tonight”
4:3	cs2k			מִ⁠מַּצַּב֙ רַגְלֵ֣י הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֔ים הָכִ֖ין	1	Alternate translation: “from the place where the priests are standing right now”
4:3	buys		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן	1	Here, the phrase **the Jordan** refers to the riverbed of the **Jordan** River, as it did in [3:17](../03/17.md). See how you translated the phrase **the Jordan** there. Alternate translation: “the river bed of the Jordan” or “the Jordan’s river bed”
4:4	tenj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֣א יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ אֶל־שְׁנֵ֤ים הֶֽ⁠עָשָׂר֙ אִ֔ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הֵכִ֖ין מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל אִישׁ־אֶחָ֥ד אִישׁ־אֶחָ֖ד מִ⁠שָּֽׁבֶט	1	The author assumes that his readers will know that **Joshua** obeyed Yahweh’s command to him in [4:2](../04/02.md) and chose 12 men. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST.
4:4	r99r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	See how you translated the phrase **the sons of Israel** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
4:4	a96j			אִישׁ־אֶחָ֥ד אִישׁ־אֶחָ֖ד מִ⁠שָּֽׁבֶט	1	See how you translated the phrase **one man, one man from a tribe** in [4:2](../04/02.md).
4:5	gldr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן	1	Here, the phrase **the Jordan** refers to the riverbed of the **Jordan** River, as it did in [3:17](../03/17.md). See how you translated the phrase **the Jordan** there. Alternate translation: “the river bed of the Jordan” or “the Jordan’s river bed”
4:5	giom		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	See how you translated the phrase **the sons of Israel** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
4:6	v6tn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	בְּנֵי⁠כֶ֤ם	1	Although the term **sons** is masculine, Joshua is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both male and female descendants. Alternate translation: “your children”
4:7	bq5m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	אֲשֶׁ֨ר נִכְרְת֜וּ מֵימֵ֤י הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֙…נִכְרְת֖וּ מֵ֣י הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Because Yahweh cut off the waters of the Jordan…Yahweh cut off the waters of the Jordan”
4:7	ku21		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	אֲשֶׁ֨ר נִכְרְת֜וּ מֵימֵ֤י הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֙ מִ⁠פְּנֵי֙ אֲר֣וֹן בְּרִית־יְהוָ֔ה בְּ⁠עָבְר⁠וֹ֙ בַּ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן נִכְרְת֖וּ מֵ֣י הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן	1	Here two ideas are presented and then they are further explained in reverse order. This is called a chiasm. Biblical Hebrew sometimes uses this literary device. If possible, try to follow this AB-BA sequence of presenting the information here. If it is not possible you can state the information one time and show the emphasis in another ways. See the chapter introduction for more information regarding chiasms. Alternate translation: “Because the waters of the Jordan were cut when the Box of the Covenant of Yahweh crossed over in the Jordan!”
4:7	ww74		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּ⁠עָבְר⁠וֹ֙ 	1	It is implied from the context that **the Box of the Covenant of Yahweh** was carried over **the Jordan** River by the Israelite priests and that it did not cross over on its own. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the priests carried it over”
4:7	k8ws		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֙	1	Here, the phrase **the Jordan** refers to the riverbed of the **Jordan** River, as it did in [3:17](../03/17.md). See how you translated the phrase **the Jordan** there. Alternate translation: “the river bed of the Jordan” or “the Jordan’s river bed”
4:7	gx13		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	See how you translated the phrase **the sons of Israel** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
4:9	igh8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וּ⁠שְׁתֵּ֧ים עֶשְׂרֵ֣ה אֲבָנִ֗ים הֵקִ֣ים יְהוֹשֻׁעַ֮ בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֒	1	These were twelve additional stones, not the stones that the twelve men carried from the riverbed in [4:8](../04/08.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST which adds the word “other” to the phrase “large stones” in order to make it clear that these were a different set of **12 stones** than those carried from the riverbed in the previous verse.
4:9	fumr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֒	1	Here, the phrase **the Jordan** refers to the riverbed of the **Jordan** River, as it did in [3:17](../03/17.md). See how you translated the phrase **the Jordan** there. Alternate translation: “the river bed of the Jordan” or “the Jordan’s river bed”
4:9	wgcz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	The phrase **until this day** is an idiom meaning “until this time.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “until this time” or “until now” 
4:10	reg9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֒	1	Here, the phrase **the Jordan** refers to the riverbed of the **Jordan** River, as it did in [3:17](../03/17.md). See how you translated the phrase **the Jordan** there. Alternate translation: “the river bed of the Jordan” or “the Jordan’s river bed”
4:11	vff8			וַ⁠יַּעֲבֹ֧ר אֲרוֹן־יְהוָ֛ה\nוְ⁠הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֖ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָ⁠עָֽם	1	Alternate translation: “that the priests, who were carrying the Box of Yahweh, crossed the Jordan in front of the people”
4:12	y1qn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ֠⁠יַּעַבְרוּ בְּנֵי־רְאוּבֵ֨ן וּ⁠בְנֵי־גָ֜ד וַ⁠חֲצִ֨י שֵׁ֤בֶט הַֽ⁠מְנַשֶּׁה֙ חֲמֻשִׁ֔ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר דִּבֶּ֥ר אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם מֹשֶֽׁה	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could place the words **just as Moses had spoken to them** at the beginning of this verse instead of at the end because the words **as Moses had spoken to them** gives the reason for the result that the first part of this verse describes. Alternate translation: “Just as Moses had spoken to them, the sons of Reuben, and the sons of Gad, and the half of the tribe of Manasseh, armed men, crossed over before the face of the sons of Israel”
4:12	gp7q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־רְאוּבֵ֨ן וּ⁠בְנֵי־גָ֜ד…בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	Here, **sons** means “descendants” and the phrases **the sons of Reuben, and the sons of Gad** specifically refer to the male descendants of **Reuben** and **Gad** who were fighting age. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Reuben, and the descendants Gad…the descendants of Israel” or “the warriors from the tribe of Reuben, and the warriors from the tribe of Gad…the descendants of Israel”
4:14	b6u1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	גִּדַּ֤ל יְהוָה֙ אֶת־יְהוֹשֻׁ֔עַ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֖י כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	See how you translated the similar phrase “I will make you great in the eyes of all Israel” in [3:7](../03/07.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh caused the Israelite people to realize that he had made Joshua a great leader” or “Yahweh caused the Israelite people to greatly respect Joshua”
4:18	m5z1			וַ⁠יָּשֻׁ֤בוּ מֵֽי־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֙ לִ⁠מְקוֹמָ֔⁠ם וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֥וּ כִ⁠תְמוֹל־שִׁלְשׁ֖וֹם עַל־כָּל־גְּדוֹתָֽי⁠ו	1	Alternate translation: “then the waters of the Jordan returned to where they had been, and flooded over all its banks, as it had done four days ago”
4:18	ba2n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	 נִתְּק֗וּ כַּפּוֹת֙ רַגְלֵ֣י הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֔ים אֶ֖ל הֶ⁠חָרָבָ֑ה	1	 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the priests lifted out the soles of their feet to dry ground”
4:19	bf72		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	עָלוּ֙ 	1	Your language may say “went up” rather than **came up** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went up”
4:19	zy5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths	בֶּ⁠עָשׂ֖וֹר לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֑וֹן	1	This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to give the number of the day and the name of the month on the Hebrew calendar, and say approximately what time of year that is on your calendar in a footnote. Suggested footnote: “The month of Aviv was in the March—April time of the year.” Alternate translation: “on the tenth day of the month of Aviv”
4:21	m1tm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	בְּנֵי⁠כֶ֤ם	1	Although the term **sons** is masculine, Joshua is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both male and female descendants. Alternate translation: “your children”
4:21	flgy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	אֲשֶׁר֩ יִשְׁאָל֨וּ⁠ן בְּנֵי⁠כֶ֤ם מָחָר֙ אֶת־אֲבוֹתָ֣⁠ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר מָ֖ה הָ⁠אֲבָנִ֥ים הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּה	1	If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “When your sons ask their fathers in the future what the meaning of these stones are” or “In the future, when your sons ask their fathers what the meaning of these stone are”
4:22	p6nk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	אֶת־בְּנֵי⁠כֶ֣ם	1	Although the term **sons** is masculine, Joshua is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both male and female descendants. Alternate translation: “your children”
4:22	gt6c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠הוֹדַעְתֶּ֖ם אֶת־בְּנֵי⁠כֶ֣ם	1	Joshua is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “then you shall cause your sons to know the meaning of these stones” or “then you shall cause your sons to know why these stones are here”
4:22	bwj5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	וְ⁠הוֹדַעְתֶּ֖ם אֶת־בְּנֵי⁠כֶ֣ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר בַּ⁠יַּבָּשָׁה֙ עָבַ֣ר יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֖ן הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “then you shall cause your sons to know by telling them that Israel crossed over this Jordan on dry ground” or “then you shall cause your sons to know by replying to them that Israel crossed over this Jordan on dry ground”
4:24	aiev		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	לְ֠מַעַן דַּ֜עַת כָּל־עַמֵּ֤י הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ אֶת־יַ֣ד יְהוָ֔ה כִּ֥י חֲזָקָ֖ה הִ֑יא לְמַ֧עַן יְרָאתֶ֛ם אֶת־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם כָּל־הַ⁠יָּמִֽים	1	In the previous verse Joshua states that Yahweh “dried up the the waters of the Jordan” and the waters of “the Sea of Reeds” for the Israelites. In this verse, each occurrence of the phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause that gives one of the two purposes for which Yahweh dried up the Jordan River and the Sea of Reeds. Use a natural way in your language for introducing purpose clauses. Alternate translation: “in order that all the peoples of the earth may know the hand Yahweh, that it is mighty, and in order that you will fear Yahweh your God all the days”
4:24	qe29		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֶת־יַ֣ד יְהוָ֔ה כִּ֥י חֲזָקָ֖ה הִ֑יא	1	Here, **hand** represents the power and control that someone has. The expression **the hand of Yahweh, that it is mighty** means “the power of Yahweh is mighty.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. “Yahweh is mighty”
4:24	glk7			לְמַ֧עַן יְרָאתֶ֛ם אֶת־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם כָּל־הַ⁠יָּמִֽים	1	Alternate translation: “so that you will always give Yahweh your God the honor he deserves”
4:24	s9y5			כָּל־הַ⁠יָּמִֽים	1	Alternate translation: “continually”
5:intro	dv8f				0	# Joshua 5 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Circumcision\n\nIt would have been very unusual to be circumcised in a time of war. When men are circumcised they are unable to move without pain or to defend themselves in battle for several days. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])\n\n### Manna\n\nYahweh stops providing manna in this chapter and will no longer provide them with their daily allotment of food. This does not mean Yahweh’s care and provision will stop.
5:1	wpev			כִ⁠שְׁמֹ֣עַ כָּל־מַלְכֵ֣י הָ⁠אֱמֹרִ֡י אֲשֶׁר֩ בְּ⁠עֵ֨בֶר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֜ן יָ֗מָּ⁠ה וְ⁠כָל־מַלְכֵ֤י הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל־הַ⁠יָּ֔ם אֵ֠ת אֲשֶׁר־הוֹבִ֨ישׁ יְהוָ֜ה אֶת־מֵ֧י הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֛ן מִ⁠פְּנֵ֥י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל עַד־עָבְרָ֑ם   fn וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗⁠ם וְ⁠לֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥⁠ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	Alternate translation: “when all the Amorite kings who were on the other side of the Jordan toward the sea, and all the Canaanite kings who were beside the sea, heard that Yahweh had dried up the waters of the Jordan before the Israelites until they had finished crossing it, then their heart melted, and there was no longer a spirit in them because of the sons of Israel”
5:1	el1p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗⁠ם וְ⁠לֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥⁠ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ	1	The phrase **their heart melted** and the phrase **there was no longer a spirit in them** have very similar meanings. The author says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the intensity of the fear that these kings felt when they heard what Yahweh had done. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “then their heart melted” or “they became so afraid that they no longer had any courage to fight”
5:1	iokv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗⁠ם וְ⁠לֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥⁠ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ	1	The phrases **their heart melted** and **there was no longer a spirit in them** are both idioms. Here, **hearts** refers to courage.The **kings** were so afraid that it was as if their courage melted away like wax in a fire. Here, the word **spirit** refers to the **kings** will to fight. If your readers would not understand this, you could use equivalent idioms or use plain language. See how you translated “our hearts have melted and the spirit in a man no longer stands before your face” in [2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “then they became very afraid and no longer had the courage to fight” or “then they lost all their courage, an no longer had any will to fight”
5:1	uwpn			מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	Here, the phrase **from the face of** means “because of.” For more information on this phrase see the section in the book introduction that discusses it. Alternate translation: “because of the sons of Israel”
5:2	nc87		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	חַֽרְב֣וֹת צֻרִ֑ים	1	**Flint** is a type of stone. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of stone, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “knives of sharpened stone” or “knives with blades made of stone”
5:2	d7tg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	וְ⁠שׁ֛וּב מֹ֥ל אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל שֵׁנִֽית	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could indicate the meaning of this part of the verse without using an ordinal number. This section of the verse means that Yahweh wanted the current generation of male Israelites to be circumcised. The previous generation of male Israelites had been circumcised but they had died in the wilderness as [5:4](../05/04.md) states. The current generation of Israelite males had not yet been circumcised. Alternate translation: “and circumcise this generation of male Israelites” or “and again, circumcise the sons of Israel”
5:3	m1u7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יַּעַשׂ־ל֥⁠וֹ יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ חַֽרְב֣וֹת צֻרִ֑ים וַ⁠יָּ֨מָל֙ אֶת־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	There were over 600,000 males, so it is understood that while Joshua was in charge of this task, many other people helped him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “So Joshua and the Israelites made themselves knives of flint. And they circumcised all the sons of Israel” or “So Joshua and the Israelites made themselves knives of flint. And they circumcised all the Israelite males”
5:3	d0fw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	חַֽרְב֣וֹת צֻרִ֑ים	1	See how you translated the phrase **knives of flint** in the previous verse.
5:3	jin6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	גִּבְעַ֖ת הָ⁠עֲרָלֽוֹת	1	This is the name of a place which commemorates the Israelites rededicating themselves to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “a place called ‘Hill of the Foreskins’”
5:4	i17c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	הַ⁠יֹּצֵא֩…בְּ⁠צֵאתָ֖⁠ם	1	Your language may say “came” and “come” rather than **gone** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “who had came out…when they had come out”
5:5	mhgs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	הַ⁠יֹּֽצְאִ֑ים…בְּ⁠צֵאתָ֥⁠ם	1	Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “who came out…as they came out”
5:5	b06g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	מֻלִ֣ים הָי֔וּ כָּל־הָ⁠עָ֖ם הַ⁠יֹּֽצְאִ֑ים…לֹא־מָֽלוּ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone had circumcised each male who had left Egypt…were uncircumcised”
5:5	u9fk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וְ⁠כָל	1	What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what precedes it. The information that the men who left Egypt **were circumcised** is in contrast to the men **who were born in the wilderness** who **had not been circumcised**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast.
5:5	mqv5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הָ⁠עָ֖ם…הָ֠⁠עָם	1	In this verse the phrase **the people** means “the males.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the males…the males”
5:6	e12p			עַד־תֹּ֨ם כָּל־הַ⁠גּ֜וֹי אַנְשֵׁ֤י הַ⁠מִּלְחָמָה֙ הַ⁠יֹּצְאִ֣ים מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֔יִם	1	Alternate translation: “until all the Israelite men of war, who had gone out from Egypt, had died”
5:6	qbbd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	הַ⁠יֹּצְאִ֣ים	1	Your language may say “come” rather than **gone** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “who had come out”
5:6	u9iz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֖וּ בְּ⁠ק֣וֹל יְהוָ֑ה	1	Here, the word **listened** means “obeyed.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “had not obeyed the voice of Yahweh”
5:6	k8wl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֖וּ בְּ⁠ק֣וֹל יְהוָ֑ה	1	The author is describing the things Yahweh spoke by association with his **voice**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “had not listened to the things Yahweh commanded them” or “had not listened to the things Yahweh told them”
5:6	jre1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֣י ׀ אַרְבָּעִ֣ים שָׁנָ֗ה הָלְכ֣וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֮ בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּר֒ עַד־תֹּ֨ם כָּל־הַ⁠גּ֜וֹי אַנְשֵׁ֤י הַ⁠מִּלְחָמָה֙ הַ⁠יֹּצְאִ֣ים מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֔יִם אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֖וּ בְּ⁠ק֣וֹל יְהוָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר נִשְׁבַּ֤ע יְהוָה֙ לָ⁠הֶ֔ם לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֞י הַרְאוֹתָ֣⁠ם אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֩ נִשְׁבַּ֨ע יְהוָ֤ה לַֽ⁠אֲבוֹתָ⁠ם֙ לָ֣⁠תֶת לָ֔⁠נוּ אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ	1	Here, the word **because** introduces the reason (**they had not listened to Yahweh**) that **the sons of Israel walked in the wilderness 40 years**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of the information in this verse, since the phrase **they had not listened to Yahweh** gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because the sons of Israel had not listened to the voice of Yahweh, to whom Yahweh had sworn to not let them see the land that Yahweh had sworn to their fathers to give to us, a land flowing with milk and honey, they walked in the wilderness 40 years, until the finishing of all the nation of the men of war who had gone out from Egypt”
5:6	mu8b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לַֽ⁠אֲבוֹתָ⁠ם֙	1	Here, the word **fathers** refers to and includes both their actual fathers and their ancestors. God had made the promise to their ancestors Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, and also to their actual fathers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to their fathers and ancestors”
5:6	o55f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	לָ֔⁠נוּ	1	When the author says **us**, he is including the Israelites he is addressing, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms.
5:6	jrp7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ	1	The phrase **a land flowing with milk and honey** is an idiom that means that the land was fertile and produced many natural resources and was therefore good for growing crops and harvesting things that it produced on its own. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “a fertile and rich land” or “a fertile land that produces many good things”
5:7	p9pz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	בְּנֵי⁠הֶם֙ הֵקִ֣ים תַּחְתָּ֔⁠ם אֹתָ֖⁠ם מָ֣ל יְהוֹשֻׁ֑עַ כִּי־עֲרֵלִ֣ים הָי֔וּ כִּ֛י לֹא־מָ֥לוּ אוֹתָ֖⁠ם בַּ⁠דָּֽרֶךְ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases so that the reason Joshua circumcised the Israelite males is placed first. Alternate translation: “he raised up their sons instead of them. They were uncircumcised because they had not circumcised them on the way, so Joshua circumcised them”
5:8	gl0s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠גּ֖וֹי	1	Here, the phrase **the nation** refers specifically to the males from the **nation** of Israel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Israelite males”
5:9	x1q8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	הַ⁠יּ֗וֹם גַּלּ֛וֹתִי אֶת־חֶרְפַּ֥ת מִצְרַ֖יִם מֵ⁠עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	The phrase **rolled away** is an idiom meaning “taken away.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Today I have removed the disgrace of Egypt from on you” or “Today I have removed the disgrace of Egypt from on you”
5:9	sgya		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	אֶת־חֶרְפַּ֥ת	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the idea of **disgrace**, you could express the same idea with an adjective, as modeled by the UST, or in some other way that is natural in your language.
5:9	bb23		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	See how you translated the idiom **until this day** in [4:9](../04/09.md).
5:10	tdl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths	בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֥וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֛דֶשׁ	1	Here, the phrase **the month** is referring to the Hebrew month Aviv. See the note on the phrase “the first month” in [4:19](../04/19.md). Alternate translation: “on the fourteenth day of the month of Aviv”
5:11	g1ks		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠קָל֑וּי	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the context implies that “the Israelites” did it. Alternate translation: “and grain that they had roasted”
5:12	ced7			וַ⁠יִּשְׁבֹּ֨ת הַ⁠מָּ֜ן מִֽ⁠מָּחֳרָ֗ת בְּ⁠אָכְלָ⁠ם֙ מֵ⁠עֲב֣וּר הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ וְ⁠לֹא־הָ֥יָה ע֛וֹד לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מָ֑ן	1	Alternate translation: “And the day after the sons of Israel ate from the yield of the land, the manna stopped”
5:13	x26s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	וְ⁠הִנֵּה	1	The author is using the term **behold** to focus attention on what happens next in this story. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation.
5:13	dztr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	אִישׁ֙	1	Although the author uses the term **a man** here, the next verse explains that this being was “the leader of the army of Yahweh.” The being, referred to here as **a man**,  was not a human but was either an angel of Yahweh sent to represent Yahweh, or Yahweh himself. The author uses the phrase “a man” because this what Joshua thought he was before he was told the beings identity in the next verse. Since the identity of the being is given in the next verse, you do not need to explain the meaning of the phrase **a man** here.
5:14	ds5l			לֹ֗א	1	Alternate translation: “I am neither for you nor for your enemies”
5:14	r42a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּפֹּל֩ יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ אֶל־פָּנָ֥י⁠ו אַ֨רְצָ⁠ה֙ וַ⁠יִּשְׁתָּ֔חוּ	1	In that culture, this action was an expression of reverence and/or worship. It was a way that a person showed great respect and reverence for someone else. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation.
5:15	ge5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	שַׁל־נַֽעַלְ⁠ךָ֙ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל רַגְלֶ֔⁠ךָ	1	In that culture, the action of taking of ones sandals expressed that the person who took off their sandals was showing great respect and reverence towards someone superior to them and acknowledging their willingness to obey them. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation.
5:15	qu3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	שַׁל־נַֽעַלְ⁠ךָ֙ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל רַגְלֶ֔⁠ךָ כִּ֣י הַ⁠מָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֥ר אַתָּ֛ה עֹמֵ֥ד עָלָ֖י⁠ו קֹ֣דֶשׁ ה֑וּא	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because the place on which you are standing is holy, you must slip off your sandal from your foot.”
6:intro	uie9				0	# Joshua 6 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Yahweh conquers\n\nIt was God, not the army, who gave them victory. It is said, “Shout! For Yahweh has given you the city.” The circumstances of Israel’s victory in the battle for Jericho were very unusual. It was never common to march around a city or to shout in order to win a military battle. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6:1	gbz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וִֽ⁠ירִיחוֹ֙ סֹגֶ֣רֶת וּ⁠מְסֻגֶּ֔רֶת מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל אֵ֥ין יוֹצֵ֖א וְ⁠אֵ֥ין בָּֽא	1	This entire verse is background information. The author provides this background information about **the city of Jericho** to help readers understand Yahweh’s instructions to Joshua regarding conquering Jericho. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information
6:1	aozr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וִֽ⁠ירִיחוֹ֙ סֹגֶ֣רֶת וּ⁠מְסֻגֶּ֔רֶת	1	The phrase **was shutting and was shut up** is an idiom meaning the gates of the city were tightly shut. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Now the gates of Jericho were tightly shut”
6:1	jq71		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וִֽ⁠ירִיחוֹ֙ סֹגֶ֣רֶת וּ⁠מְסֻגֶּ֔רֶת מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the context implies that people from the city of Jericho did it. Alternate translation: “And men from the city of Jericho shut it up from the face of the sons of Israel” or “And men from the city of Jericho shut up its gates from the face of the sons of Israel”
6:1	qfoa			מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י	1	Here, the phrase **from the face of** means “because of.” For more information on this phrase see the section in the book introduction that discusses it. Alternate translation: “because of”
6:2	j65i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ אֶת־יְרִיח֖וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־מַלְכָּ֑⁠הּ גִּבּוֹרֵ֖י הֶ⁠חָֽיִל	1	Yahweh is using the past tense in order to refer to something that he will do in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “I will give Jericho into your hand, and its king, the mighty ones of the army” or “I will certainly give Jericho into your hand, and its king, the mighty ones of the army”
6:2	v4hu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	 נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ אֶת־יְרִיח֖וֹ	1	The phrase **into your hand** is an idiom meaning “has delivered to your control.” See how you translated the phrase “into our hand” in [2:24](../02/24.md). Alternate translation: “I have delivered Jericho to your control” or “I have allowed you to conquer Jericho”
6:2	djup		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	גִּבּוֹרֵ֖י הֶ⁠חָֽיִל	1	The author is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “and the mighty men of valor”
6:2	km13			גִּבּוֹרֵ֖י הֶ⁠חָֽיִל	1	See how you translated the identical phrase in [1:14](../01/14.md).
6:3	fu9e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַקֵּ֥יף אֶת־הָ⁠עִ֖יר פַּ֣עַם אֶחָ֑ת	1	The context implies that they were to walk **around the city one time** each day. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “going around the city one time each day”
6:5	oe7s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הָ⁠עָ֖ם…הָ⁠עָ֖ם	1	In this verse, the phrase **the people** refers to Joshua and the Israelite soldiers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the soldiers…the soldiers”
6:5	zdc7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠עָל֥וּ הָ⁠עָ֖ם	1	Here, the phrase **go up** refers to walking or climbing up over the collapsed pieces of the city walls. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the people will walk up over the rubble from the city walls” or “and the people will climb up over the collapsed city walls”
6:5	ukux			אִ֥ישׁ נֶגְדּֽ⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “every man going straight in front of him”
6:6	h9cn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	נוּן֙	1	See how you translated the name **Nun** in [1:1](../01/01.md).
6:7	jf9o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	עִבְר֖וּ…יַעֲבֹ֕ר	1	The phrase **pass over** is an idiom that indicates walking or moving forward. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Start walking…will walk”
6:8	y78m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	עָבְר֕וּ	1	See how you translated this idiom in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “went forward” or “advanced”
6:8	l35d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה	1	Here, the author is describing **the Box of the Covenant of Yahweh** by association with **Yahweh**. The author associates **Yahweh** with **the Box of the Covenant of Yahweh**  because **the Box of the Covenant of Yahweh** represents Yahweh’s presence with the people of Israel. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “in front of the Box of the Covenant” or “before the face of Yahweh’s Box of the Covenant”
6:8	ayf9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַֽ⁠אֲרוֹן֙ בְּרִ֣ית יְהוָ֔ה הֹלֵ֖ךְ אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	Four priests were carrying **the Box of the Covenant of Yahweh**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the priests were carrying the Box of the Covenant of Yahweh behind them”
6:9	gch6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אַחֲרֵ֣י הָ⁠אָר֔וֹן	1	Here, it is implied that four priests were carrying **the Box**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “behind the four priests who were carrying the Box” or “behind the Box which was being carried by four priests”
6:10	v7ib		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הָ⁠עָם֩	1	Here, the phrase **the people** refers to the Israelite soldiers and priests. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Israelite soldiers and priests”
6:10	ar1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	לֹ֤א תָרִ֨יעוּ֙ וְ⁠לֹֽא־תַשְׁמִ֣יעוּ אֶת־קוֹלְ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠לֹא־יֵצֵ֥א מִ⁠פִּי⁠כֶ֖ם דָּבָ֑ר עַ֠ד י֣וֹם אָמְרִ֧⁠י אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֛ם	1	The phrase **You shall not shout** and the phrase **You shall not make your voice heard** and the phrase **a word shall not go out from your mouth** mean very similar things. Joshua says the same thing three times, in slightly different ways, to emphasize to the Israelite soldiers and priests that they must remain silent until Joshua gives them the command to **shout**. If saying similar things three different times might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one and show the emphasis another way. Alternate translation: “You must remain totally quiet until I say to you” or “You must remain completely silent until I tell you”
6:10	tc4f			וְ⁠לֹא־יֵצֵ֥א מִ⁠פִּי⁠כֶ֖ם דָּבָ֑ר	1	Alternate translation: “and you shall not say anything”
6:11	xxfc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַ⁠יַּסֵּ֤ב	1	Here, the word **And** introduces what happens next as a result of Joshua’s command in the previous verse. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase.
6:11	hf4m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יַּסֵּ֤ב אֲרוֹן־יְהוָה֙ אֶת־הָ⁠עִ֔יר	1	Here, the word **he** refers to Joshua. It is implied that Joshua did not carry the **Box of Yahweh** around Jericho himself but rather instructed the priests do it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the priests brought the box of Yahweh around the city”
6:13	lxf4			וְ⁠שִׁבְעָ֣ה הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֡ים נֹשְׂאִים֩ שִׁבְעָ֨ה שׁוֹפְר֜וֹת הַ⁠יֹּבְלִ֗ים	1	See how you translated the similar phrase “the seven priests carrying seven horns of rams” in [6:8](../06/06.md).
6:13	wjy6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	הָל֖וֹךְ וְ⁠תָק֥וֹעַ בַּ⁠שּׁוֹפָרֽוֹת	1	The author is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “while the priests were continually blowing with the horns”
6:14	j232		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠יּ֤וֹם הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “on day two” 
6:15	cc1r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “on day seven” 
6:15	bgwj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	כַּ⁠מִּשְׁפָּ֥ט הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה שֶׁ֣בַע פְּעָמִ֑ים רַ֚ק בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠ה֔וּא סָבְב֥וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עִ֖יר שֶׁ֥בַע פְּעָמִֽים	1	Here, the author repeats the phrase **seven times** for emphasis. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “according to this manner, but on that day they went around the city seven times”  
6:16	sc3s			תָּקְע֥וּ הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֖ים בַּ⁠שּׁוֹפָר֑וֹת וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוֹשֻׁ֤עַ אֶל־הָ⁠עָם֙ הָרִ֔יעוּ כִּֽי־נָתַ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם אֶת־הָ⁠עִֽיר	1	The phrase **the priests blew with the horns. And Joshua said to the people, “Shout, for Yahweh has given to you the city!** could mean: (1) that Joshua instructed **the priests** to **Shout** while **the priests blew with with the horns** Alternate translation: “while the priests blew with the horns that Joshua said to the people, “Shout, for Yahweh has given to you the city!” (2) that Joshua instructed **the priests** to **Shout** after **the priests** had finished blowing their **horns** Alternate translation: “when the priests had finished blowing with the horns that Joshua said to the people, ‘Shout, for Yahweh has given to you the city!” 
6:16	fj73		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	נָתַ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם אֶת־הָ⁠עִֽיר	1	Joshua is using the past tense in order to refer to something that Yahweh will do in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will give the city to you” or “Yahweh will certainly give the city to you”
6:17	qcml		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	רַק֩ רָחָ֨ב הַ⁠זּוֹנָ֜ה תִּֽחְיֶ֗ה הִ֚יא וְ⁠כָל־אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִתָּ֣⁠הּ בַּ⁠בַּ֔יִת כִּ֣י הֶחְבְּאַ֔תָה אֶת־הַ⁠מַּלְאָכִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר שָׁלָֽחְנוּ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because she hid the messengers whom we sent, only Rahab the prostitute will live, she and all who are with her in the house” 
6:18	lt6m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וְ⁠רַק	1	The word **But** is used here to indicate that what follows it is in strong contrast to the action of sparing Rahab and the people with her in her house. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. 
6:18	z8cs			אֶת־מַחֲנֵ֤ה יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 	1	Alternate translation: “the camp of Israelite soldiers” 
6:18	ntwr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	אַתֶּם֙…תַּחֲרִ֖ימוּ וּ⁠לְקַחְתֶּ֣ם	1	In this verse every occurrence of the word **you** refers to the Israelite soldiers and so each is plural. 
6:20	fm69		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יָּ֣רַע הָ⁠עָ֔ם וַֽ⁠יִּתְקְע֖וּ בַּ⁠שֹּֽׁפָר֑וֹת וַ⁠יְהִי֩ כִ⁠שְׁמֹ֨עַ הָ⁠עָ֜ם אֶת־ק֣וֹל הַ⁠שּׁוֹפָ֗ר וַ⁠יָּרִ֤יעוּ הָ⁠עָם֙ תְּרוּעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֔ה וַ⁠תִּפֹּ֨ל הַֽ⁠חוֹמָ֜ה תַּחְתֶּ֗י⁠הָ וַ⁠יַּ֨עַל הָ⁠עָ֤ם הָ⁠עִ֨ירָ⁠ה֙ אִ֣ישׁ נֶגְדּ֔⁠וֹ וַֽ⁠יִּלְכְּד֖וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עִֽיר	1	In this verse each occurrence of the phrase **the people** refers to the Israelite soldiers. The first time the word **they** is used in this verse it refers to the seven Israelite priests who carried the seven **trumpets**. The second time the word **they** is used it refers to the Israelite soldiers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the soldiers shouted and the priests blew with the horns. And it happened as soon as the soldiers heard the sound of the horn, that the soldiers shouted with a great shout. And the wall fell under itself, and the soldiers went up to the city, a man straight in front of him, and the Israelite soldiers captured the city” 
6:20	v2v6			אִ֣ישׁ	1	Alternate translation: “each man” or “every man” 
6:21	cf5x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לְ⁠פִי־חָֽרֶב	1	See the discussion on the phrase **the mouth of the sword** in the book introduction. Alternate translation: “by the sword” or “with the sword” 
6:21	b19h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	מֵ⁠אִישׁ֙ וְ⁠עַד־אִשָּׁ֔ה מִ⁠נַּ֖עַר וְ⁠עַד־זָקֵ֑ן וְ⁠עַ֨ד שׁ֥וֹר וָ⁠שֶׂ֛ה וַ⁠חֲמ֖וֹר	1	The author is giving examples of the different types and categories of living beings that the phrase **all that was in the city** refers to. The Israelite soldiers killed all the animals and all the humans in the city of Jericho. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every human being, and every animal.” 
6:21	hmkk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	מִ⁠נַּ֖עַר וְ⁠עַד־זָקֵ֑ן	1	The author is using the adjectives **young** and **old** as nouns in order to describe groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “from young people and to old people” 
6:22	vluk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	בֹּ֖אוּ בֵּית־הָ⁠אִשָּׁ֣ה הַ⁠זּוֹנָ֑ה וְ⁠הוֹצִ֨יאוּ מִ⁠שָּׁ֤ם אֶת־הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁה֙ וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־אֲשֶׁר־לָ֔⁠הּ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר נִשְׁבַּעְתֶּ֖ם לָֽ⁠הּ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases, since the last phrase gives the reason for the result that the phrases before it describe. Alternate translation: “Do what you swore to the woman, the prostitute, and enter her house and bring her out from there and all who belong to her” 
6:23	ukcg			וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־אֲשֶׁר־לָ֔⁠הּ	1	The phrase **all who belonged to her** could refer to: (1) Rahab’s other relatives who were in her house. Alternate translation: “and all her relatives who were with her in her house” (2) Rahab’s slaves. Alternate translation: “and her slaves” or “and all her slaves” 
6:24	xrii		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-exceptions	וְ⁠הָ⁠עִ֛יר שָׂרְפ֥וּ בָ⁠אֵ֖שׁ וְ⁠כָל־אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֑⁠הּ רַ֣ק ׀ הַ⁠כֶּ֣סֶף וְ⁠הַ⁠זָּהָ֗ב וּ⁠כְלֵ֤י הַ⁠נְּחֹ֨שֶׁת֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠בַּרְזֶ֔ל נָתְנ֖וּ אוֹצַ֥ר בֵּית־יְהוָֽה	1	If, in your language, it would appear that the author were making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reverse the order of the clauses so that the exception is stated first, and then the larger group is named second. Alternate translation: “And the silver and the gold and the objects of bronze and iron they took from Jericho so that they could give them to the storehouse of the house of Yahweh. Then they burned the city and everything that was left in it” or “And the silver and the gold and the objects of bronze and iron they took from Jericho so that they could give them to the storehouse of the house of Yahweh. Then they burned the city and all that was in it”
6:24	ny39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בֵּית־יְהוָֽה	1	The phrase **the house of Yahweh** is another name for the tent of meeting. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST.
6:25	yhp5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וְֽ⁠אֶת־רָחָ֣ב הַ֠⁠זּוֹנָה וְ⁠אֶת־בֵּ֨ית אָבִ֤י⁠הָ וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־אֲשֶׁר־לָ⁠הּ֙ הֶחֱיָ֣ה יְהוֹשֻׁ֔עַ וַ⁠תֵּ֨שֶׁב֙ בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶב יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה כִּ֤י הֶחְבִּ֨יאָה֙ אֶת־הַ⁠מַּלְאָכִ֔ים אֲשֶׁר־שָׁלַ֥ח יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ לְ⁠רַגֵּ֥ל אֶת־יְרִיחֽוֹ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because Rahab hid the messengers whom Joshua had sent to spy on Jericho, Joshua kept her alive and also kept the house of her father alive and all who belonged to her. And she has dwelt in the midst of Israel to this day” 
6:25	l990		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַ⁠תֵּ֨שֶׁב֙ בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶב יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה	1	The word **she** could refer to: (1) Rahab herself. Alternate translation: “And Rahab has dwelt in the midst of Israel to this day” (2) Rahab’s descendants. Alternate translation: “And Rahab’s descendants have dwelt in the midst of Israel to this day” 
6:25	d0je		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶב יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	The author is speaking of the Israelite people by association with the man **Israel**, from whom they descended. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the midst of the Israelites” or “among the descendants of Israel” 
6:25	czcy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה	1	See how you translated the idiom “until this day” in [4:9](../04/09.md). It has the same meaning as the idiom **to this day**. Alternate translation: “until now”
6:26	cq3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אָר֨וּר הָ⁠אִ֜ישׁ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר יָקוּם֙ וּ⁠בָנָ֞ה	1	Being cursed in Yahweh’s sight represents being cursed by Yahweh. Alternate translation: “May Yahweh curse the man who rebuilds”
6:26	len7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בִּ⁠בְכֹר֣⁠וֹ יְיַסְּדֶ֔⁠נָּה	1	The consequence of a man laying a new foundation for Jericho is that his firstborn son would die. This is spoken of as if it were a cost that the man would pay. Alternate translation: “If he lays the foundation, he will lose his firstborn son” or “If he lays the foundation, his firstborn son will die”
6:26	anp8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וּ⁠בִ⁠צְעִיר֖⁠וֹ יַצִּ֥יב דְּלָתֶֽי⁠הָ	1	The consequence of a man setting up new gates for Jericho is that his youngest son would die. This is spoken of as if it were a cost that the man would pay. Alternate translation: “If he sets up its gates, he will lose his youngest son” or “If he sets up it gates, his youngest son will die”
6:27	brx7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יְהִ֥י שָׁמְע֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	This refers to Joshua’s fame, not Yahweh’s. Becoming known among the people throughout the land is spoken of as if his fame spread. Alternate translation: “Joshua became famous throughout the land” or “people throughout the land learned about Joshua”
7:intro	uv41				0	# Joshua 7 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Sin brought defeat\n\nIt was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
7:1	mtm4			בַּ⁠חֵ֑רֶם	1	Alternate translation: “the things that God had said they must set apart to him by destroying them”
7:1	z3zl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	עָכָ֣ן & כַּרְמִי֩ & זַבְדִּ֨י & זֶ֜רַח	1	These are names of men.
7:1	li2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יִּֽחַר־אַ֥ף יְהוָ֖ה	1	“anger” and “burned” indicates intensity, not that fire is present. Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s anger burned like a fire” or “Yahweh was very angry”
7:3	ui7f			כָּל־הָ⁠עָם֒	1	This refers to the army of Israel.
7:3	z2xr			מְעַ֖ט הֵֽמָּה	1	The word “they” refers to the people of Ai.
7:4	i5e8			וַ⁠יַּעֲל֤וּ מִן־הָ⁠עָם֙ שָׁ֔מָּ⁠ה כִּ⁠שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים אִ֑ישׁ	1	These men were part of the army. Alternate translation: “three thousand men belonging to the army went up”
7:4	ak54		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	כִּ⁠שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים אִ֑ישׁ	1	“3,000 men”
7:5	nyw2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	כִּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֤ים וְ⁠שִׁשָּׁה֙ אִ֔ישׁ	1	“36 men”
7:5	zcr5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וַ⁠יִּמַּ֥ס לְבַב־הָ⁠עָ֖ם וַ⁠יְהִ֥י לְ⁠מָֽיִם	1	These phrases “melted” and “became like water” share similar meanings and are combined to emphasize that the people were extremely afraid.
7:5	j2v2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	וַ⁠יִּמַּ֥ס לְבַב־הָ⁠עָ֖ם	1	Here the people are represented by their “hearts” to emphasize their emotions. Alternate translation: “The people were very afraid”
7:5	h4tc			לְבַב־הָ⁠עָ֖ם	1	The phrase “the people” refers to the Israelite soldiers.
7:6	ty1c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּקְרַ֨ע יְהוֹשֻׁ֜עַ שִׂמְלֹתָ֗י⁠ו וַ⁠יִּפֹּל֩ עַל־פָּנָ֨י⁠ו אַ֜רְצָ⁠ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֨י אֲר֤וֹן יְהוָה֙	1	They did these things to show God how sad and distressed they were.
7:7	jb6r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	לָ֠⁠מָה הֵעֲבַ֨רְתָּ הַעֲבִ֜יר אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֤ם הַ⁠זֶּה֙ אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן לָ⁠תֵ֥ת אֹתָ֛⁠נוּ בְּ⁠יַ֥ד הָ⁠אֱמֹרִ֖י לְ⁠הַאֲבִידֵ֑⁠נוּ	1	Joshua was asking if this is the reason God had brought them across the Jordan. Alternate translation: “Did you do it in order to give us into the hands of the Amorites to destroy us?”
7:7	run5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠יַ֥ד הָ⁠אֱמֹרִ֖י	1	The hands of the Amorites represents their control and power. Giving the Israelites into their hands to destroy them represents allowing the Amorites to have control of the Israelites and destroy them. Alternate translation: “To allow the Amorites to destroy us?”
7:7	aq5b			וְ⁠לוּ֙ הוֹאַ֣לְנוּ	1	The words “If only” show that this is a wish for something that had not happened. Alternate translation: “I wish we had made a different decision”
7:8	x4pf				0	# General Information:\n\nJoshua expresses frustration to God.
7:8	ke9p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	בִּ֖י אֲדֹנָ֑⁠י מָ֣ה אֹמַ֔ר אַ֠חֲרֵי אֲשֶׁ֨ר הָפַ֧ךְ יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל עֹ֖רֶף לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י אֹיְבָֽי⁠ו	1	Joshua said this to show how upset he was that he did not even know what to say. Alternate translation: “I do not know what to say. Israel has turned their backs before their enemies!”
7:8	s4eb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	הָפַ֧ךְ יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל עֹ֖רֶף לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י אֹיְבָֽי⁠ו	1	Doing this represents running away from their enemies. Alternate translation: “Israel has run away from their enemies”
7:9	n2kp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠נָסַ֣בּוּ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ וְ⁠הִכְרִ֥יתוּ אֶת־שְׁמֵ֖⁠נוּ מִן־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	Making people forget the name of the Israelites represents making them forget the Israelites. In this case they would do it by killing the Israelites. Alternate translation: “They will surround us and kill us, and the people of the earth will forget about us” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:9	r713		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לְ⁠שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֥ הַ⁠גָּדֽוֹל	1	The phrase “your great name” here represents God’s reputation and power. Alternate translation: “And so what will you do so that people will know that you are great”
7:9	vd3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	וּ⁠מַֽה־תַּעֲשֵׂ֖ה לְ⁠שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֥ הַ⁠גָּדֽוֹל	1	Joshua uses this question to warn God that if the Israelites are destroyed, then the other people will think that God is not great. Alternate translation: “Then there will be nothing you can do for your great name.” or “Then people will not know that you are great.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:10	ev1w				0	# General Information:\n\nYahweh tells Joshua why Israel is cursed.
7:10	hqu3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	לָ֑⁠ךְ לָ֣⁠מָּה זֶּ֔ה אַתָּ֖ה נֹפֵ֥ל עַל־פָּנֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	God used this question to rebuke Joshua for lying there on his face. Alternate translation: “Stop lying there with your face in the dirt!”
7:11	lc29			הַ⁠חֵ֔רֶם	1	These are the things “marked for destruction” from [Joshua 6:18–19](../06/18.md). Alternate translation: “the cursed things” or “those things which God has cursed”
7:11	dd18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	גָּֽנְבוּ֙ וְ⁠גַ֣ם כִּֽחֲשׁ֔וּ	1	Hiding their sin represents trying to keep others from knowing that they have sinned. Alternate translation: “They have stolen those things, and then they tried to keep people from knowing that they sinned”
7:12	yzi5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠לֹ֨א יֻכְל֜וּ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל לָ⁠קוּם֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י אֹיְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1	Standing before their enemies represents fighting successfully against their enemies. Alternate translation: “cannot fight successfully against their enemies” or “cannot defeat their enemies”
7:12	xix1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	עֹ֗רֶף יִפְנוּ֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י אֹֽיְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1	Doing this represents running away from their enemies. Alternate translation: “They ran away from their enemies”
7:12	fs9m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לֹ֤א אוֹסִיף֙ לִֽ⁠הְי֣וֹת עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם	1	Being with Israel represents helping Israel. Alternate translation: “I will not help you any more”
7:13	u4s8			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Joshua and tells him what to tell the people.
7:13	ln4q			אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם	1	This refers to the people of Israel.
7:13	j4ki		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לֹ֣א תוּכַ֗ל לָ⁠קוּם֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י אֹיְבֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	Standing before their enemies represents fighting successfully against them. Alternate translation: “You cannot fight successfully against your enemies” or “You cannot defeat your enemies”
7:14	gjw9			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nYahweh continues telling Joshua what he must tell the people.
7:14	dp8p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נִקְרַבְתֶּ֥ם בַּ⁠בֹּ֖קֶר לְ⁠שִׁבְטֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	There were twelve tribes that made up the people of Israel. The phrase “by your tribes” means “each tribe.” Alternate translation: “each of your tribes must present themselves to Yahweh”
7:14	scj7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	הַ⁠שֵּׁבֶט֩ אֲשֶׁר־יִלְכְּדֶ֨⁠נּוּ יְהוָ֜ה יִקְרַ֣ב לַ⁠מִּשְׁפָּח֗וֹת	1	The tribe was made up of multiple clans. Alternate translation: “From the tribe that Yahweh selects, each clan will come near”
7:14	crt9			הַ⁠שֵּׁבֶט֩ אֲשֶׁר־יִלְכְּדֶ֨⁠נּוּ יְהוָ֜ה	1	The leaders of Israel would toss lots, and by doing this, they would learn which tribe Yahweh had selected. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “The tribe that Yahweh selects by lot” or “The tribe that Yahweh selects when we toss lots”
7:14	xl85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠הַ⁠מִּשְׁפָּחָ֞ה אֲשֶֽׁר־יִלְכְּדֶ֤⁠נָּה יְהוָה֙ תִּקְרַ֣ב לַ⁠בָּתִּ֔ים	1	The clan was made up of multiple households. Alternate translation: “From the clan that Yahweh selects, each household must come near”
7:14	q8me		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠הַ⁠בַּ֨יִת֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִלְכְּדֶ֣⁠נּוּ יְהוָ֔ה יִקְרַ֖ב לַ⁠גְּבָרִֽים	1	The household was made up of multiple people. Alternate translation: “From the household that Yahweh selects, each person must come near”
7:15	d5nb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	הַ⁠נִּלְכָּ֣ד	1	This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “the one whom Yahweh selects”
7:15	g1vn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	עָבַר֙ אֶת־בְּרִ֣ית יְהוָ֔ה	1	Breaking the covenant represents disobeying it. Alternate translation: “he has disobeyed the covenant of Yahweh”
7:16	fdv2				0	# General Information:\n\nJoshua follows Yahweh’s command to bring Israel before Yahweh.
7:16	lzb4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יַּקְרֵ֥ב אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לִ⁠שְׁבָטָ֑י⁠ו	1	The phrase “tribe by tribe” means each tribe. Alternate translation: “brought each tribe of Israel near”
7:16	g7qp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יִּלָּכֵ֖ד שֵׁ֥בֶט יְהוּדָֽה	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh selected the tribe of Judah”
7:17	br4y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יַּקְרֵ֞ב אֶת־מִשְׁפַּ֤חַת הַ⁠זַּרְחִי֙ לַ⁠גְּבָרִ֔ים	1	The phrase “person by person” is an idiom meaning each person. The persons in this sentence were the leaders of their households. Alternate translation: “He brought near each person of the clan of the Zerahites” or “From the clan of the Zerahites, he brought near each man who was the leader of his household” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:17	z419			אֶת־מִשְׁפַּ֤חַת הַ⁠זַּרְחִי֙	1	The clan was named after the man named Zerah.
7:17	ha7i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	זַבְדִּֽי	1	This is a man’s name. Translate as you did in [Joshua 7:1](../07/01.md).
7:18	u41u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	עָכָ֞ן & כַּרְמִ֧י & זַבְדִּ֛י & זֶ֖רַח	1	These are men’s names. Translate them as you did in [Joshua 7:1](../07/01.md).
7:19	k521		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠תֶן־ל֣⁠וֹ תוֹדָ֑ה	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **confession, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “confess.” Alternate translation: “confess to him”
7:19	fv9g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אַל־תְּכַחֵ֖ד מִמֶּֽ⁠נִּי	1	Hiding information represents trying to keep someone from knowing it. Alternate translation: “Do not try to prevent me from knowing what you have done”
7:21	b9nn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	וּ⁠מָאתַ֧יִם שְׁקָלִ֣ים	1	This is over two kilograms.
7:21	y7vj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	חֲמִשִּׁ֤ים שְׁקָלִים֙	1	This is over 500 grams.
7:21	xw3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	טְמוּנִ֥ים בָּ⁠אָ֛רֶץ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I hid them in the ground”
7:23	vh7i			וַ⁠יַּצִּקֻ֖⁠ם	1	Use the word in your language for pouring many small solid things out of a large bag onto the ground.
7:24	ta3l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	עֵ֥מֶק עָכֽוֹר	1	The name means “Valley of Trouble,” but it is best to translate Achor the way it sounds.
7:25	vd6n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מֶ֣ה עֲכַרְתָּ֔⁠נוּ	1	Joshua uses this question to rebuke Achan. Alternate translation: “You have troubled us”
7:25	i3rq			וַ⁠יִּשְׂרְפ֤וּ אֹתָ⁠ם֙ בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ וַ⁠יִּסְקְל֥וּ אֹתָ֖⁠ם בָּ⁠אֲבָנִֽים	1	This could mean: (1) the Israelites burned Achan’s family to death and then covered them with stones or (2) the Israelites stoned Achan’s family to death and then burned the dead bodies or (3) that Achan and his possessions were stoned and then burned.
7:26	zcp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יָּ֥שָׁב יְהוָ֖ה מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפּ֑⁠וֹ	1	Turning away his anger represents stopping being angry. Burning anger represents strong anger. Alternate translation: “Yahweh stopped being angry”
7:26	hfq5			עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	It was still called the valley of Achor at the time the author wrote this. Alternate translation: “even today” or “even now”
8:intro	f3jc				0	# Joshua 8 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Sin brought defeat\n\nIt was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. Because they repented, Yahweh brought victory to Israel in Ai. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])\n\n### Built an altar\n\nAltars were commonly built in the Ancient Near East to commemorate important events. Several altars were built in the Book of Joshua.
8:1	l4p8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	אַל־תִּירָ֣א וְ⁠אַל־תֵּחָ֔ת	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Yahweh combines them to emphasize that there is no reason to be afraid.
8:1	den6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֗ אֶת־מֶ֤לֶךְ הָ⁠עַי֙ וְ⁠אֶת־עַמּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־עִיר֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ	1	Giving them into Israel’s hand represents giving Israel victory and control over them. Alternate translation: “I have given you victory over the king of Ai and his people, and I have given you control over his city and his land”
8:1	t7bq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	נָתַ֣תִּי	1	God speaks of what he promises to do as though he had already done it, because he will certainly do it. Alternate translation: “I will certainly give” or “I am giving”
8:2	h3r6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	וּ⁠לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֗⁠הּ	1	The word “her” refers to the city of Ai. Cities were often spoken of as if they were women. Alternate translation: “its king” or “their king”
8:3	k4uk			עַ֥ם הַ⁠מִּלְחָמָ֖ה	1	Alternate translation: “the army of Israel”
8:7	fw9x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וּ⁠נְתָנָ֛⁠הּ & בְּ⁠יֶדְ⁠כֶֽם	1	Here “hand” symbolizes the control and power the people have over their enemies.
8:8	aj5t				0	# General Information:\n\nJoshua finishes explaining the battle plan to his soldiers.
8:9	yt5n			וַ⁠יִּשְׁלָחֵ֣⁠ם יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ	1	This phrase refers to Joshua sending the thirty thousand men who had been selected to ambush Ai to where they would set the ambush.
8:9	i3lf			הַ⁠מַּאְרָ֔ב	1	Alternate translation: “where they would hide until it was time to attack”
8:12	ycd3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	כַּ⁠חֲמֵ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים אִ֑ישׁ	1	“5,000 men.” This group seems to be a portion of the “thirty thousand men” ([Joshua 8:9](../08/09.md)). This smaller group remained in the ambush while the other 25,000 men attacked the city.
8:13	j7b9				0	# General Information:\n\nThe Israelites prepare to fight the people of Ai.
8:13	s1lu			אֶת־כָּל־הַֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֗ה	1	This refers to the largest group of fighting men, those not in the ambush group.
8:13	nq1b			עֲקֵב֖⁠וֹ	1	those who were “set in ambush on the west side of the city” ([Joshua 8:12](../08/12.md))
8:15	a83i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יִּנָּֽגְע֛וּ & לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	“let themselves be defeated before the people of Ai.” The phrase “before them” represents what the people of Ai would see and think. The phrase “be defeated” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “let the people of Ai think that the Israelites were defeated” or “let the people of Ai think that they had defeated the Israelites” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:15	w933			לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	the army of Ai
8:15	bri5			וַ⁠יָּנֻ֖סוּ	1	The army of Israel fled.
8:16	dr3a			וַֽ⁠יִּרְדְּפוּ֙	1	These occurrences of “they” refer to the army of Ai.
8:16	m6sq			לִ⁠רְדֹּ֖ף אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	to go after the army of Isreal
8:16	lcb5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יִּזָּעֲק֗וּ כָּל־הָ⁠עָם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ב⁠עיר	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The city leaders called all the people in the city together”
8:16	k8ff		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	כָּל־הָ⁠עָם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ב⁠עיר	1	The writer speaks in a general way about all the people, but “all the people” refers only to those who could fight. Alternate translation: “all the people in the city who could help chase the army of Israel”
8:17	zip6			וַ⁠יַּעַזְב֤וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עִיר֙ פְּתוּחָ֔ה	1	Alternate translation: “left the city gates open”
8:18	xe2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ אֶתְּנֶ֑⁠נָּה	1	Giving Ai into Israel’s hand represents giving Israel victory and control over Ai. Alternate translation: “I will give you victory over Ai” or “I will cause you to capture Ai”
8:24	v2gf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	כְּ⁠כַלּ֣וֹת יִשְׂרָאֵ֡ל לַ⁠הֲרֹג֩ אֶת־כָּל־יֹשְׁבֵ֨י & וַֽ⁠יִּפְּל֥וּ כֻלָּ֛⁠ם לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֖רֶב	1	The writer uses both of these sentences, which mean almost the same thing, to strongly say that the Israelites had obeyed God’s command to kill everyone in Ai.
8:24	dd98		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וַֽ⁠יִּפְּל֥וּ כֻלָּ֛⁠ם לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֖רֶב	1	Here “fallen” is a euphemism for dying. Also, “the edge of the sword” represents whole swords, and swords represent either battle or the army of Israel. Alternate translation: “had died in battle” or “had died when the army of Israel attacked them” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
8:25	d2ud		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שְׁנֵ֥ים עָשָׂ֖ר אָ֑לֶף	1	“12,000”
8:28	uiv3			שְׁמָמָ֔ה	1	It is a place where people once lived, but now, no one lives there.
8:29	wd9u			עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	Alternate translation: “today” or “even now”
8:30	xev4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בְּ⁠הַ֖ר עֵיבָֽל	1	a mountain in Canaan
8:35	ym6u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	לֹֽא־הָיָ֣ה דָבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֣ה מֹשֶׁ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא־קָרָ֜א יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ	1	This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “Joshua read every word of all that Moses commanded” or “Joshua read the entire law of Moses”
8:35	kdu7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יִשְׂרָאֵל֙	1	This refers to the nation of Israel.
9:intro	w1cx				0	# Joshua 9 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Israel’s mistake\n\nIsrael was deceived because “they did not consult with Yahweh for guidance.” Instead of consulting Yahweh, they attempted to achieve victory under their own power. This was sinful. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
9:1	g4h4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֜ן	1	a shortened name for the Jordan River
9:2	uj94		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	פֶּ֖ה אֶחָֽד	1	Here “command” represents the one who commanded them. Being under him represents obeying his commands. Alternate translation: “obeying the commands of one leader”
9:4	r5yb			בְּ⁠עָרְמָ֔ה	1	a crafty scheme intended to trick Joshua and the Israelites
9:5	q9v6			יָבֵ֖שׁ הָיָ֥ה נִקֻּדִֽים	1	Alternate translation: “dry and filled with fungus” or “stale and ruined”
9:6	rz8e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	אִ֣ישׁ יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל	1	This refers to the entire nation of Israel.
9:7	w599		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	הַ⁠חִוִּ֑י	1	This is another name for the Gibeonites.
9:7	t1r4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	אוּלַ֗י בְּ⁠קִרְבִּ⁠י֙ אַתָּ֣ה יוֹשֵׁ֔ב וְ⁠אֵ֖יךְ אֶֽכְרָת־לְ⁠ךָ֥ בְרִֽית	1	Joshua is emphasizing that the people of Israel have to follow the command of Yahweh above all else. Alternate translation: “If you do live near us, we cannot make a covenant with you.”
9:10	kam4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	לְ⁠סִיחוֹן֙	1	This is the name of the defeated Amorite king.
9:10	s17h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן	1	This is the name of the royal city of the nation of Moab.
9:10	pz6y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וּ⁠לְ⁠ע֥וֹג	1	This is the name of the defeated king of Bashan.
9:10	p9ed		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בְּ⁠עַשְׁתָּרֽוֹת	1	This is the name of a city known for worshiping the goddess of the same name.
9:11	hq3m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	בְ⁠יֶדְ⁠כֶ֤ם	1	This phrase means “take with you.” Here the word “hand” represents the possession by the Gibeonites of the provisions.
9:11	k7fe			לִ⁠קְרָאתָ֑⁠ם וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֤ם אֲלֵי⁠הֶם֙	1	The word “them” refers to the people of Israel.
9:15	f67z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וַ⁠יַּ֨עַשׂ לָ⁠הֶ֤ם יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ֙ שָׁל֔וֹם וַ⁠יִּכְרֹ֥ת לָ⁠הֶ֛ם בְּרִ֖ית לְ⁠חַיּוֹתָ֑⁠ם וַ⁠יִּשָּׁבְע֣וּ לָ⁠הֶ֔ם נְשִׂיאֵ֖י הָ⁠עֵדָֽה	1	These two sentences are saying that the same thing occurred. Joshua, the leader of the nation of Israel, promised not to kill the Gibeonites. The leaders of the nation of Israel, likewise, made the same covenant.
9:15	je8p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	הָ⁠עֵדָֽה	1	Here this refers to the people of Israel.
9:17	s1u5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֑י	1	This refers to number three in order.
9:17	q18q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠הַ⁠כְּפִירָ֔ה	1	This is one of the cities of the Gibeonites.
9:17	j671		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וּ⁠בְאֵר֖וֹת	1	This is the name of a place.
9:17	alr9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠קִרְיַ֥ת יְעָרִֽים	1	This is the name of a place.
9:19	a168			הָ֣⁠עֵדָ֔ה	1	Here this phrase refers to the nation of Israel.
9:21	wg7n			וַ֠⁠יִּֽהְיוּ חֹטְבֵ֨י עֵצִ֤ים וְ⁠שֹֽׁאֲבֵי־מַ֨יִם֙	1	Alternate translation: “the Gibeonites became woodcutters and water carriers”
9:23	zlp7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לְ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלֹהָֽ⁠י	1	Here this phrase refers to the dwelling place of Yahweh, the Tabernacle.
9:25	a5un		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	כַּ⁠טּ֨וֹב וְ⁠כַ⁠יָּשָׁ֧ר	1	The words “good” and “right” mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “Whatever seems fair and just”
9:26	gy9c			לָ⁠הֶ֖ם	1	The word “them” here refers to the Gibeonites.
9:27	p81s			עַד־הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה	1	“even up to now.” This means that the people had continued to do these things even up to the day that the writer was living.
10:intro	uy1f				0	# Joshua 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThe ULT sets the lines in 10:12–13 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a poem.\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### “For Yahweh was waging war on behalf of Israel”\nIsrael’s conquest of the Promised Land was Yahweh’s war on the ungodly Canaanites more than Israel’s war. This type of war was different from other wars and God gave Israel special instructions. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### Idiom\n\nThe people of Gibeon used an idiom when they called for help from Israel: “Do not withdraw your hands,” meaning “do not stop protecting.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
10:1	au8p			וַ⁠יְהִי֩	1	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells about a new person in the story, Adoni-Zedek.
10:1	y65k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֲדֹֽנִי־צֶ֜דֶק	1	This is the name of a man who is an important king.
10:3	y6ss		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	יַרְמ֜וּת & לָכִ֛ישׁ & עֶגְל֖וֹן	1	These are the names of cities.
10:3	k9rg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	הוֹהָ֣ם & פִּרְאָ֨ם & יָפִ֧יעַ & דְּבִ֥יר	1	These are the names of kings.
10:4	ct5k			עֲלֽוּ־אֵלַ֣⁠י	1	“Travel to where I am.” Jerusalem was higher in elevation than other cities in Canaan.
10:5	d9vy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	חֲמֵ֣שֶׁת׀ מַלְכֵ֣י	1	“5 kings”
10:5	m422		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	יַרְמוּת֙ & לָכִ֣ישׁ & עֶגְל֔וֹן	1	These are the names of cities.
10:5	vs78			וַֽ⁠יַּחֲנוּ֙ עַל	1	This means they set up their camp around their city. This was a way of weakening those in the city. It prevented people from escaping the city, and it prevented others from bringing food and water to them in the city.
10:6	wk68			לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	1	The word “They” here refers to Gibeonites.
10:6	zhx9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	אַל־תֶּ֥רֶף יָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ מֵֽ⁠עֲבָדֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	This humble request is stated with two negatives to emphasize the need for a positive action. Alternate translation: “Please come and use your strength to protect us”
10:6	am1x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ	1	The word “hands” here refers to the people of Israel’s strength. Alternate translation: “your strength”
10:8	c4uw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ נְתַתִּ֑י⁠ם	1	Here “hand” represents the people of Israel’s strength and their ability to defeat their enemy. The word “them” refers to the attacking army.
10:8	du96			נְתַתִּ֑י⁠ם	1	Here the word “them” refers to the attacking armies.
10:9	ecq8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֧א אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֛ם יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ	1	The entire army of Israel is referred to here by the name of their commander, Joshua.
10:10	sq89			וַ⁠יְהֻמֵּ֤⁠ם יְהוָה֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	Here “Israel” refers to the entire army of Israel.
10:10	yr7y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בֵית־חוֹרֹ֔ן & עֲזֵקָ֖ה & מַקֵּדָֽה	1	These are the names of cities.
10:11	fbf9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בֵּית־חוֹרֹן֙ & עֲזֵקָ֖ה	1	These are the names of places.
10:11	tuc9			הִשְׁלִ֣יךְ עֲלֵי⁠הֶם֩ אֲבָנִ֨ים גְּדֹל֧וֹת מִן־הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֛יִם	1	Alternate translation: “threw large hailstones from the sky”
10:12	si1e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	שֶׁ֚מֶשׁ בְּ⁠גִבְע֣וֹן דּ֔וֹם וְ⁠יָרֵ֖חַ בְּ⁠עֵ֥מֶק אַיָּלֽוֹן	1	Joshua is praying that Yahweh would make the progression of time stop on this day.
10:12	j9zt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	שֶׁ֚מֶשׁ & וְ⁠יָרֵ֖חַ	1	Joshua commands the sun and moon as if these were people.
10:12	ug8m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בְּ⁠עֵ֥מֶק אַיָּלֽוֹן	1	This is the name of a place.
10:13	dq14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	גּוֹי֙	1	This refers to the people of Israel.
10:13	b91l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠לֹא־הִ֥יא כְתוּבָ֖ה עַל־סֵ֣פֶר הַ⁠יָּשָׁ֑ר	1	The writer uses this question as background information to remind the reader that the incident is well-documented. Alternate translation: “This is written in The Book of Jashar.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
10:16	wcb9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בְּ⁠מַקֵּדָֽה	1	This is the name of a city.
10:17	mns8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יֻּגַּ֖ד לִ⁠יהוֹשֻׁ֣עַ	1	Messengers came and told Joshua. Alternate translation: “Someone told Joshua”
10:19	l8tl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠יֶדְ⁠כֶֽם	1	The phrase “your hand” here means “your control.”
10:21	kb3w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מַקֵּדָ֖ה	1	Translate the same way as you did in [Joshua 10:10](../10/10.md).
10:21	py6w			לֹֽא־חָרַ֞ץ לִ⁠בְנֵ֧י יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל לְ⁠אִ֖ישׁ אֶת־לְשֹׁנֽ⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “No one dared to say anything against” or “No one dared to complain or protest against”
10:22	zs9n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	פִּתְח֖וּ אֶת־פִּ֣י הַ⁠מְּעָרָ֑ה	1	Here “mouth” is an idiom that means “entrance.” Alternate translation: “Open the entrance of the cave”
10:23	g4te		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	יַרְמ֔וּת & לָכִ֖ישׁ & עֶגְלֽוֹן	1	These are the names of places.
10:24	dnc1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	כָּל־אִ֣ישׁ יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל	1	Here the men of Israel represent only those who were soldiers.
10:27	e9z9			עַד־עֶ֖צֶם הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	Alternate translation: “until the author wrote this story”
10:28	e1nc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מַקֵּדָ֔ה	1	This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [Joshua 10:10](../10/10.md).
10:28	nhk6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	הֶחֱרִ֣ם אוֹתָ֗⁠ם וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־הַ⁠נֶּ֨פֶשׁ֙ אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֔⁠הּ לֹ֥א הִשְׁאִ֖יר שָׂרִ֑יד	1	The second sentence summarizes the first sentence to emphasize that Joshua left no person or animal alive.
10:29	k439		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	לִבְנָ֑ה	1	This is the name of a city.
10:31	dsk6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מִ⁠לִּבְנָ֖ה לָכִ֑ישָׁ⁠ה	1	These are the names of cities.
10:32	yw79		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠יַ֣ד יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל	1	Here their “hand” represents their control. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave Lachish into the control of the nation of Israel”
10:33	rff2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	הֹרָם֙	1	This is the name of a man who is an important king.
10:33	lp2c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	גֶּ֔זֶר & אֶת־לָכִ֑ישׁ	1	These are the names of cities.
10:34	y3g9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מִ⁠לָּכִ֖ישׁ עֶגְלֹ֑נָ⁠ה	1	These are the names of cities.
10:35	dqi7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	וַ⁠יַּכּ֣וּ⁠הָ לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֔רֶב וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־הַ⁠נֶּ֣פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר־ & הַ⁠ה֖וּא הֶחֱרִ֑ים	1	These two phrases have similar meanings. Together they show the completeness of the destruction of Eglon.
10:36	a6ng		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מֵ⁠עֶגְל֖וֹנָ⁠ה	1	This is the name of a city. See how you translated this in [Joshua 10:3](../10/03.md).
10:37	gba2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יִּלְכְּד֣וּ⁠הָ וַ⁠יַּכּֽוּ⁠הָ־לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֠רֶב	1	The sword represents the army of Israel and striking expresses the idea of slaughter and destruction. Alternate translation: “They captured and killed and destroyed”
10:38	mr8b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	דְּבִ֑רָ⁠ה	1	This is the name of a city.
10:39	g2ta		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	לִ⁠דְבִ֨רָ⁠ה֙ & לְ⁠לִבְנָ֖ה	1	These are the names of cities.
10:39	m8bf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יַּכּ֣וּ⁠ם לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֔רֶב	1	The sword represents the army of Israel and striking expresses the idea of slaughter and destruction. Alternate translation: “They killed and destroyed them”
10:40	u843		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־מַלְכֵי⁠הֶ֔ם לֹ֥א הִשְׁאִ֖יר שָׂרִ֑יד וְ⁠אֵ֤ת כָּל־הַ⁠נְּשָׁמָה֙ הֶחֱרִ֔ים	1	These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize the complete destruction that the people of Israel accomplished at Yahweh’s command.
10:42	qy8i			כָּל־הַ⁠מְּלָכִ֤ים הָ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ וְ⁠אֶת־אַרְצָ֔⁠ם לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ	1	This refers to the kings and lands that were listed beginning in [Joshua 10:28](../10/28.md).
10:42	rbp2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ	1	Here Joshua represents his whole army. Alternate translation: “Joshua and his soldiers captured”
10:42	f9tx			פַּ֣עַם אֶחָ֑ת	1	This does not mean in one day. It means during one military campaign, which may have lasted many days or weeks.
11:intro	g8mw				0	# Joshua 11 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Yahweh overcomes the united forces of the northern kingdoms\n\nYahweh said to Joshua, “Do not be afraid in their presence, because tomorrow at this time I am giving them all to Israel as dead men.” Even when the kingdoms of Canaan joined forces, they were not able to overcome the power of Yahweh.\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### “Yahweh gave the enemy into the hand of Israel”\nThis phrase may present difficulties in translation. The translator should ensure that Yahweh receives credit for Israel’s victory. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:1	a1ca		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	יָבִ֣ין & יוֹבָב֙	1	These are names of kings.
11:1	zi5u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	חָצ֑וֹר & מָד֔וֹן & שִׁמְר֖וֹן & אַכְשָֽׁף	1	These are the names of places.
11:2	gz61		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	כִּֽנֲר֖וֹת & וּ⁠בְ⁠נָפ֥וֹת דּ֖וֹר	1	These are the names of places.
11:3	rds6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	חֶרְמ֔וֹן	1	This is the name of a mountain.
11:4	d9fb				0	# General Information:\n\nAll the Canaanite kings attack Joshua and the nation of Israel.
11:4	e5l4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	וְ⁠כָל־מַֽחֲנֵי⁠הֶם֙ עִמָּ֔⁠ם עַם־רָ֕ב כַּ⁠ח֛וֹל אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל־שְׂפַת־הַ⁠יָּ֖ם לָ⁠רֹ֑ב	1	No one can count the grains of sand on the seashore. This exaggeration emphasizes the very large number of soldiers that these kings assembled. Alternate translation: “such a great number of soldiers that there appeared to be as many of them as there are grains of sand on the seashore”
11:5	kc2e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מֵר֔וֹם	1	This is the name of a place.
11:6	n348		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אָנֹכִ֞י נֹתֵ֧ן אֶת־כֻּלָּ֛⁠ם חֲלָלִ֖ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	Yahweh enabling Israel to conquer the enemy army and kill all of the soldiers is spoken of as if Yahweh killed the soldiers and then gave them to Israel. Alternate translation: “I will enable Israel to kill all of them in battle”
11:6	lgk2			אֶת־סוּסֵי⁠הֶ֣ם תְּעַקֵּ֔ר	1	“cripple their horses by cutting their legs.” This is a practice where the tendons in the backs of the legs are cut so that the horses cannot walk.
11:7	sm9k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מֵר֖וֹם	1	This is the name of a place.
11:8	cw9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יִּתְּנֵ֨⁠ם יְהוָ֥ה בְּ⁠יַֽד־יִשְׂרָאֵל֮	1	Here the word “hand” represents power. Yahweh enabling the army of Israel to conquer their enemy is spoken of as if Yahweh had put the enemy army into Israel’s hand. Alternate translation: “Yahweh enabled Israel to conquer the enemy” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:8	n4ub			וַ⁠יַּכּוּ⁠ם֒ & וַ⁠יַּכֻּ֕⁠ם	1	Alternate translation: “attacked them … attacked them”
11:8	m9b1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מִשְׂרְפ֣וֹת מַ֔יִם	1	This is the name of a place.
11:9	q7dn			עִקֵּ֔ר	1	This is a practice where the tendons in the backs of the legs are cut so that the horses cannot run. See how you translated this word in [Joshua 11:6](../11/06.md).
11:10	pbp8			מַלְכָּ֖⁠הּ הִכָּ֣ה בֶ⁠חָ֑רֶב	1	Alternate translation: “Joshua killed the king of Hazor with his sword”
11:10	cjd1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	חָצ֣וֹר לְ⁠פָנִ֔ים הִ֕יא רֹ֖אשׁ כָּל־הַ⁠מַּמְלָכ֥וֹת הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּה	1	Hazor being the most important city is spoken of as Hazor being the head of the other kingdoms. Alternate translation: “Hazor had been the most important of all these kingdoms” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
11:11	be72		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וַ֠⁠יַּכּוּ אֶת־כָּל־הַ⁠נֶּ֨פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֤⁠הּ לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֨רֶב֙ הַֽחֲרֵ֔ם לֹ֥א נוֹתַ֖ר כָּל־נְשָׁמָ֑ה	1	These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize complete destruction.
11:11	z2md		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	הַֽחֲרֵ֔ם	1	The word “he” refers to Joshua and represents himself and his army. Completely destroying every living thing in the city is spoken of as if those living things were dedicated for destruction. Alternate translation: “the army completely destroyed them” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:12	i5tz			וַ⁠יַּכֵּ֥⁠ם לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֖רֶב	1	Alternate translation: “killed them”
11:13	f8kv			הֶ⁠עָרִ֗ים הָ⁠עֹֽמְדוֹת֙ עַל־תִּלָּ֔⁠ם	1	Alternate translation: “cities built on small hills”
11:14	grk1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	לָ⁠הֶ֖ם	1	This phrase refers to the army of Israel.
11:14	n215		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	אֶֽת־כָּל־הָ⁠אָדָ֞ם הִכּ֣וּ לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֗רֶב עַד־הִשְׁמִדָ⁠ם֙ אוֹתָ֔⁠ם לֹ֥א הִשְׁאִ֖ירוּ כָּל־נְשָׁמָֽה	1	These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize complete destruction.
11:15	ta4x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	לֹֽא־הֵסִ֣יר דָּבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־מֹשֶֽׁה	1	This negative phrase emphasizes that Joshua did everything that Yahweh commanded. Alternate translation: “Joshua did everything that Yahweh commanded”
11:17	yr6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	הָ⁠הָ֤ר הֶֽ⁠חָלָק֙ & בַּ֤עַל גָּד֙	1	These are the names of places.
11:20	pq7v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת יְהוָ֣ה׀ הָיְתָ֡ה לְ⁠חַזֵּ֣ק אֶת־לִבָּ⁠ם֩	1	Yahweh causing the people of the cities to be stubborn is spoken of as if Yahweh had hardened their hearts. Alternate translation: “it was Yahweh who caused them to act stubbornly”
11:21	im1q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶת־הָֽ⁠עֲנָקִים֙	1	These are the descendants of Anak.
11:21	p6cd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	דְּבִ֣ר & עֲנָ֔ב	1	These are the names of places.
11:23	qe5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יִּתְּנָ⁠הּ֩ יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ לְ⁠נַחֲלָ֧ה לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל	1	Joshua giving the land to the Israelites is spoken of as if he had given the Israelites an inheritance as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “Joshua gave the land to the Israelites as a permanent possession”
11:23	x695		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ שָׁקְטָ֖ה מִ⁠מִּלְחָמָֽה	1	The people no longer fighting wars is spoken of as if the land were a person who rested from war. Alternate translation: “the people no longer fought wars in the land” or “there was peace in the land” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:intro	ga6k				0	# Joshua 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThe ULT sets the lines in 12:2–5 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long list.
12:1	e45x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וְ⁠אֵ֣לֶּה	1	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer begins to provide background information.
12:1	fe2c			וְ⁠אֵ֣לֶּה׀ מַלְכֵ֣י	1	This refers to the list of kings that continues through verse 24.
12:1	g8ju		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	הָ⁠עֲרָבָ֖ה	1	These are the names of a region of land.
12:2	uv1m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מֵ⁠עֲרוֹעֵ֡ר	1	This is the name of a city.
12:2	ts6s			סִיחוֹן֙ & בְּ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן	1	See how you translated these words in [Joshua 9:10](../09/10.md).
12:3	dh7d			יָ֨ם כִּנְר֜וֹת	1	This is a place. See how you translated this in [Joshua 11:2](../11/02.md).
12:3	gc3x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בֵּ֣ית הַיְשִׁמ֑וֹת & הַ⁠פִּסְגָּֽה	1	These are the names of places.
12:4	zb6d			ע֚וֹג מֶ֣לֶךְ הַ⁠בָּשָׁ֔ן	1	See how you translated this man’s name in [Joshua 9:10](../09/10.md).
12:4	m4ct		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	הָ⁠רְפָאִ֑ים	1	These are the names of people groups.
12:4	t7hy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בְּ⁠עַשְׁתָּר֖וֹת וּ⁠בְ⁠אֶדְרֶֽעִי	1	These are the names of places.
12:5	vu4f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וּ⁠בְ⁠סַלְכָה֙	1	This is the name of a place.
12:5	sbq3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּעֲכָתִ֑י	1	This is the name of a people group.
12:6	bsj6			לָ⁠רֻֽאוּבֵנִי֙	1	These are the descendants of Reuben.
12:6	p8zt			וְ⁠לַ⁠גָּדִ֔י	1	These are the descendants of Gad.
12:6	zk48			וְ⁠לַ⁠חֲצִ֖י שֵׁ֥בֶט הַֽ⁠מְנַשֶּֽׁה	1	They are called a half tribe because the other half of the tribe received an inheritance in the land of Canaan.
12:7	nie7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מִ⁠בַּ֤עַל גָּד֙ & הָ⁠הָ֥ר הֶ⁠חָלָ֖ק	1	These are the names of places.
12:8	z37z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וּ⁠בָֽ⁠עֲרָבָה֙	1	This is the name of a region of land. Translate as in [Joshua 12:1](./01.md).
12:10	ps2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	חֶבְר֖וֹן	1	This is the name of a city.
12:11	aj97		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	יַרְמוּת֙ & לָכִ֖ישׁ	1	These are the names of cities. Translate in the same way you did in [Joshua 10:3](../10/03.md).
12:12	bgl2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	עֶגְלוֹן֙ & גֶּ֖זֶר	1	These are the names of cities. Translate “Eglon” in the same way you did in [Joshua 10:3](../10/03.md).
12:13	mgg8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	דְּבִר֙ & גֶּ֖דֶר	1	These are the names of cities.
12:14	e9ba		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	חָרְמָה֙ & עֲרָ֖ד	1	These are the names of cities.
12:15	nec9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	לִבְנָה֙ & עֲדֻלָּ֖ם	1	These are the names of cities.
12:16	se49		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מַקֵּדָה֙	1	This is the name of a city.
12:17	g346		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	תַּפּ֨וּחַ֙ & חֵ֖פֶר	1	These are the names of cities.
12:18	m8vl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֲפֵק֙ & לַ⁠שָּׁר֖וֹן	1	These are the names of cities.
12:19	ga17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מָדוֹן֙ & חָצ֖וֹר	1	These are the names of cities.
12:20	cq4i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	שִׁמְר֤וֹן מְראוֹן֙ & אַכְשָׁ֖ף	1	These are the names of cities.
12:21	pv5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	תַּעְנַךְ֙ & מְגִדּ֖וֹ	1	These are the names of cities.
12:22	z2b9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	קֶ֨דֶשׁ֙ & יָקְנֳעָ֥ם	1	These are the names of cities.
12:23	a6eq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	דּ֛וֹר לְ⁠נָפַ֥ת דּ֖וֹר & גּוֹיִ֥ם	1	These are the names of cities.
12:24	kv8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	תִּרְצָ֖ה	1	This is the name of a city.
12:24	aeg5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	כָּל־מְלָכִ֖ים שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים וְ⁠אֶחָֽד	1	“31 in all”
13:intro	zl7s				0	# Joshua 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter begins a section about dividing the land between the tribes of Israel.\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Division of the land\n\nThere was still much land to be captured west of the Jordan River, but the tribe of Reuben, Gad and half of the tribe of Mannasah received their land east of the Jordan. This land had been promised to them in Numbers 32.\n\n### Driving out the people\n\nWhile Yahweh achieved many great victories through Joshua, Israel was still supposed to drive out the rest of the Canaanites. Israel’s success in this would depend on their faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
13:2	s51z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	זֹ֥את הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָ֑רֶת	1	You may clarify that this is the land that Israel still needs to capture. Alternate translation: “This is the land that still remains for Israel to capture”
13:3	q1nv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	הַ⁠שִּׁיח֞וֹר	1	This is the name of a place.
13:3	a3iw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֖י תֵּחָשֵׁ֑ב	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which the Canaanites now consider their property”
13:3	jnl3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠הָ⁠עַוִּֽים	1	This is the name of a people group.
13:4	b13s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וּ⁠מְעָרָ֛ה & אֲפֵ֑קָ⁠ה	1	These are the names of places.
13:5	bj71		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מִ⁠בַּ֣עַל גָּ֔ד & הַר־חֶרְמ֑וֹן	1	These are the names of places.
13:5	jd8r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	הַ⁠גִּבְלִ֗י	1	This is the name of a people group who lived in Geba.
13:6	b7pk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מִשְׂרְפֹ֥ת מַ֨יִם֙	1	this is the name of a place
13:6	si8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ בְּֽ⁠נַחֲלָ֔ה	1	The land that Israel will claim is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they will receive as a permanent possession.
13:9	gfc4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מֵ⁠עֲרוֹעֵ֡ר & מֵידְבָ֖א & דִּיבֽוֹן	1	These are the names of places.
13:9	lk8d			הַ⁠נַּ֛חַל	1	a place where the river is far below the land on the sides
13:9	t2an			הַ⁠מִּישֹׁ֥ר	1	flat land high above rivers
13:10	zm4w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בְּ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן	1	This is the name of a city.
13:11	whz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	סַלְכָֽה	1	These are the names of places.
13:11	kc79			וּ⁠גְב֧וּל הַ⁠גְּשׁוּרִ֣י וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּעֲכָתִ֗י	1	Alternate translation: “the land where the Geshurites and Maacathites lived”
13:11	l98j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּעֲכָתִ֗י	1	These are the names of people groups.
13:12	hw24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בְּ⁠עַשְׁתָּר֖וֹת וּ⁠בְ⁠אֶדְרֶ֑עִי	1	These are the names of places.
13:12	u2dn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	הָ⁠רְפָאִ֔ים	1	This is the name of a people group.
13:12	l1cu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	וַ⁠יַּכֵּ֥⁠ם מֹשֶׁ֖ה	1	Here “Moses” represents himself and the Israelite army that Moses led. Alternate translation: “Moses and the Israelites attacked them”
13:13	zb9l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶת־הַ⁠גְּשׁוּרִ֖י וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠מַּעֲכָתִ֑י	1	These are the names of people groups.
13:13	hu1n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	גְּשׁ֤וּר וּ⁠מַֽעֲכָת֙ בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶב יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	“Geshur” and “Maacath” are either the names of the ancestors of “the Geshurites” and “the Maacathites” or are the names of the cities in which they lived. Alternate translation: “those people live among Israel”
13:13	xw7d			עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
13:14	zs6y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לֹ֥א נָתַ֖ן נַחֲלָ֑ה	1	The land that Moses assigned to the tribes of Israel is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession.
13:14	v9zc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אִשֵּׁ֨י יְהוָ֜ה & ה֣וּא נַחֲלָת֔⁠וֹ	1	The writer speaks of the great honor that the Levites had by serving Yahweh as priests as if the offerings were something that they would inherit. Alternate translation: “The offerings of Yahweh … are what they will have for their provision”
13:14	br61			אִשֵּׁ֨י יְהוָ֜ה	1	Alternate translation: “offerings that the people were to bring to Yahweh”
13:14	lz8a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	אִשֵּׁ֨י	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the priests burned with fire”
13:16	f1uv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מֵ⁠עֲרוֹעֵ֡ר & מֵידְבָֽא	1	These are the names of places.
13:16	s5yv			נַ֨חַל & הַ⁠מִּישֹׁ֖ר	1	See how you translated these words in [Joshua 13:9](../13/09.md).
13:17	y6iu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	חֶשְׁבּ֥וֹן & דִּיבוֹן֙ וּ⁠בָמ֣וֹת בַּ֔עַל וּ⁠בֵ֖ית בַּ֥עַל מְעֽוֹן	1	These are the names of places.
13:18	i4fe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠יַ֥הְצָ⁠ה וּ⁠קְדֵמֹ֖ת וּ⁠מֵפָֽעַת	1	These are the names of places.
13:19	f1h3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠קִרְיָתַ֣יִם וְ⁠שִׂבְמָ֔ה וְ⁠צֶ֥רֶת הַשַּׁ֖חַר	1	These are the names of places.
13:20	is7v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וּ⁠בֵ֥ית פְּע֛וֹר & הַ⁠פִּסְגָּ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֥ית הַיְשִׁמֽוֹת	1	These are the names of places.
13:21	uld7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בְּ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן	1	This is the name of a city.
13:21	j6hq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	סִיחוֹן֙ & אֶת־אֱוִ֤י וְ⁠אֶת־רֶ֨קֶם֙ וְ⁠אֶת־צ֤וּר וְ⁠אֶת־חוּר֙ וְ⁠אֶת־רֶ֔בַע	1	These are the names of people.
13:21	x56e			אֹת֣⁠וֹ׀ וְ⁠אֶת־נְשִׂיאֵ֣י מִדְיָ֗ן	1	Alternate translation: “as he had defeated the leaders of Midian”
13:23	gc1r			וּ⁠גְב֑וּל זֹ֣את	1	The Jordan River was the western border of the land that the tribe of Reuben received.
13:23	x56m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וּ⁠גְב֑וּל זֹ֣את נַחֲלַ֤ת בְּנֵֽי־רְאוּבֵן֙	1	The land that Moses assigned to the tribe of Reuben is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the tribe of Reuben received as a permanent possession.
13:23	ud8m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֔⁠ם	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that Moses gave to each of their clans”
13:25	fmp2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	יַעְזֵר֙ & עֲרוֹעֵ֕ר & רַבָּֽה	1	These are the names of places.
13:26	mr54		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וּ⁠מֵ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֛וֹן & רָמַ֥ת הַ⁠מִּצְפֶּ֖ה וּ⁠בְטֹנִ֑ים וּ⁠מִֽ⁠מַּחֲנַ֖יִם & לִדְבִֽר	1	These are the names of places.
13:27	ie4m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בֵּ֣ית הָרָם֩ וּ⁠בֵ֨ית נִמְרָ֜ה וְ⁠סֻכּ֣וֹת וְ⁠צָפ֗וֹן & חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן	1	These are the names of places.
13:28	hla2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	זֹ֛את נַחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵי־גָ֖ד	1	The land that Moses assigned to the tribe of Gad is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the tribe of Gad received as a permanent possession.
13:29	we69		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֔ה לַ⁠חֲצִ֖י שֵׁ֣בֶט מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה	1	The land that Moses assigned to the half tribe of Manasseh is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that he gave to them as a permanent possession.
13:29	gs84			לַ⁠חֲצִ֖י שֵׁ֣בֶט מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה	1	Only half of the tribe received this land because the other half received land on the other side of the Jordan River.
13:29	p8yw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יְהִ֗י לַ⁠חֲצִ֛י	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses assigned it”
13:30	s32g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מִ⁠מַּחֲנַ֨יִם & יָאִ֛יר	1	These are the names of places.
13:31	b2aa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠עַשְׁתָּר֣וֹת וְ⁠אֶדְרֶ֔עִי	1	These are the names of places.
13:31	zde9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לִ⁠בְנֵ֤י	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses assigned these”
13:31	g5si		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מָכִ֖יר	1	This is a man’s name.
13:32	hh57		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֵ֕לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־נִחַ֥ל מֹשֶׁ֖ה	1	The land that Moses assigned to the tribes of Israel on the east side of the Jordan is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that Moses gave to them as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This is the land that Moses assigned to them as an inheritance”
13:33	ce57		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ ה֣וּא נַחֲלָתָ֔⁠ם	1	The writer speaks of the great honor that the Levites had by serving Yahweh as priests as if Yahweh were something that they would inherit. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God of Israel, is what they have”
14:intro	dsn7				0	# Joshua 14 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Drive them out\n\nThe Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
14:1	u4tc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־נָחֲל֥וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	The land that the people of Israel acquired is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession.
14:1	ql64			אֲב֥וֹת הַ⁠מַּטּ֖וֹת	1	Alternate translation: “leaders of the tribes”
14:2	f1ux		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	בְּ⁠גוֹרַ֖ל נַחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Eleazar, Joshua, and the tribal leaders cast lots to determine the inheritance”
14:2	ti9l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶׁ֔ה	1	Here the word “hand” refers to Moses himself and means that Yahweh used Moses as the agent to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “through Moses”
14:3	ptq4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	כִּֽי־נָתַ֨ן מֹשֶׁ֜ה נַחֲלַ֨ת שְׁנֵ֤י הַ⁠מַּטּוֹת֙ וַ⁠חֲצִ֣י הַ⁠מַּטֶּ֔ה מֵ⁠עֵ֖בֶר לַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן וְ⁠לַ֨⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם לֹֽא־נָתַ֥ן נַחֲלָ֖ה בְּ⁠תוֹכָֽ⁠ם	1	The land that Moses gave to the tribes is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession.
14:4	tye1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠לֹֽא־נָתְנוּ֩ חֵ֨לֶק לַ⁠לְוִיִּ֜ם בָּ⁠אָ֗רֶץ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And Moses did not give a portion of the inheritance to the Levites in the land”
14:4	c5l6			חֵ֨לֶק	1	Alternate translation: “part”
14:4	tj8s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	כִּ֤י אִם־עָרִים֙ לָ⁠שֶׁ֔בֶת	1	The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but he gave to them only certain cities to live in”
14:4	m4nv			וּ⁠מִ֨גְרְשֵׁי⁠הֶ֔ם	1	fields of grass for the livestock to eat
14:4	j8ys			וּ⁠לְ⁠קִנְיָנָֽ⁠ם	1	physical things they needed so they could provide for their families
14:6	b9tc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	יְפֻנֶּ֖ה	1	This is a man’s name.
14:6	g6g8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	הַ⁠קְּנִזִּ֑י	1	This is the name of a people group.
14:7	wqe2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וָ⁠אָשֵׁ֤ב אֹת⁠וֹ֙ דָּבָ֔ר כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר עִם־לְבָבִֽ⁠י	1	Here the word “heart” represents the thoughts. The phrase is an idiom that refers to a report that is given honestly. Alternate translation: “I brought back to him an honest report”
14:8	q6zs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	הִמְסִ֖יו אֶת־לֵ֣ב הָ⁠עָ֑ם	1	Making the people very afraid is spoken of as if it were making the hearts of the people melt. Alternate translation: “made the people very afraid”
14:8	d53a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֣י מִלֵּ֔אתִי אַחֲרֵ֖י יְהוָ֥ה	1	Being loyal to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were completely following Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I remained loyal to Yahweh”
14:9	ew2r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ & בָּ֔⁠הּ לְ⁠ךָ֨ תִֽהְיֶ֧ה לְ⁠נַחֲלָ֛ה וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ עַד־עוֹלָ֑ם	1	The land that Caleb and his descendants would have is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they would receive as a permanent possession.
14:9	shc9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ אֲשֶׁ֨ר דָּרְכָ֤ה רַגְלְ⁠ךָ֙	1	Here “your foot” represents Caleb. Alternate translation: “the land on which you have walked”
14:10	m9sn			הִנֵּה֩	1	Alternate translation: “pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important”
14:10	c4ma			אֲשֶׁר־הָלַ֥ךְ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֑ר	1	Alternate translation: “while the people of Israel traveled in the wilderness”
14:11	q443			כְּ⁠כֹ֥חִ⁠י אָ֖ז וּ⁠כְ⁠כֹ֣חִ⁠י עָ֑תָּה	1	Alternate translation: “I am still as strong now as I was then”
14:11	y4nf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠לָ⁠צֵ֥את וְ⁠לָ⁠בֽוֹא	1	This is an idiom that refers to daily activities. Alternate translation: “for the things I do every day”
14:12	r8ka			אֶת־הָ⁠הָ֣ר	1	This could mean: (1) many large hills or small mountains or (2) one mountain.
14:12	ner3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	עֲנָקִ֣ים	1	This is the name of a people group.
14:13	q6ae		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֧ן אֶת־חֶבְר֛וֹן לְ⁠כָלֵ֥ב	1	Hebron is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that Caleb received as a permanent possession.
14:14	gji6			עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה	1	This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
14:14	zii3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מִלֵּ֔א אַחֲרֵ֕י יְהוָ֖ה	1	Being loyal to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were completely following Yahweh. Alternate translation: “he remained loyal to Yahweh”
14:15	hyh6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	קִרְיַ֣ת אַרְבַּ֔ע	1	This is the name of a place.
14:15	wv1z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ שָׁקְטָ֖ה מִ⁠מִּלְחָמָֽה	1	The people no longer fighting wars is spoken of as if the land were a person who rested from war. See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 11:23](../11/23.md). Alternate translation: “Then the people no longer fought wars in the land” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:intro	ght5				0	# Joshua 15 General Notes\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\nThis chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Judah. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
15:1	ex51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	צִ֛ן	1	This is the name of the wilderness area.
15:2	k5za			מִ⁠קְצֵ֖ה יָ֣ם הַ⁠מֶּ֑לַח מִן־הַ⁠לָּשֹׁ֖ן הַ⁠פֹּנֶ֥ה נֶֽגְבָּ⁠ה	1	“from the bay that faces south at the end of the Salt Sea.” These two phrases refer to the same location. The second phrase clarifies the point at which the southern border begins.
15:2	j6xn			מִן־הַ⁠לָּשֹׁ֖ן הַ⁠פֹּנֶ֥ה נֶֽגְבָּ⁠ה	1	Alternate translation: “from the bay that extends to the south” or “from the southern bay”
15:2	qj2g			הַ⁠לָּשֹׁ֖ן	1	smaller part of the sea that extends into the land
15:3	kb99		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	עַקְרַבִּים֙ & צִ֔נָ⁠ה & חֶצְרוֹן֙ & אַדָּ֔רָ⁠ה & הַ⁠קַּרְקָֽעָ⁠ה	1	These are the names of places.
15:4	nzh3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	עַצְמ֗וֹנָ⁠ה	1	This is the name of a city.
15:4	d1b1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	נַ֣חַל מִצְרַ֔יִם	1	a small river of water at the southwestern edge of the land, near Egypt
15:5	xrg4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מִ⁠קְצֵ֖ה הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּֽן	1	The point at which the river empties into the sea is spoken of as if it were the mouth of the river.
15:5	bl5c			וּ⁠גְב֞וּל	1	Alternate translation: “border … was”
15:6	lbt5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בֵּ֣ית חָגְלָ֔ה & לְ⁠בֵ֣ית הָעֲרָבָ֑ה	1	These are the names of places.
15:6	eqi7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶ֥בֶן בֹּ֖הַן	1	This was likely a large stone that someone set up as a landmark and named after the man, Bohan.
15:7	n7k5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	דְּבִרָ⁠ה֮ מֵ⁠עֵ֣מֶק עָכוֹר֒ & הַ⁠גִּלְגָּ֗ל & לְ⁠מַעֲלֵ֣ה אֲדֻמִּ֔ים & מֵי־עֵ֣ין שֶׁ֔מֶ & עֵ֥ין רֹגֵֽל	1	These are the names of places.
15:8	qa4u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	גֵּ֣י בֶן־הִנֹּ֗ם & עֵֽמֶק־רְפָאִ֖ים	1	These are the names of places.
15:9	hb3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	נֶפְתּ֔וֹחַ & הַר־עֶפְר֑וֹן & קִרְיַ֥ת יְעָרִֽים	1	These are the names of places.
15:10	h92v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מִ⁠בַּעֲלָ֥ה & הַ֣ר שֵׂעִ֔יר & הַר־יְעָרִ֛ים & כְסָל֑וֹן & בֵּֽית־שֶׁ֖מֶשׁ & תִּמְנָֽה	1	These are the names of places.
15:11	n6qt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	שִׁכְּר֔וֹנָ⁠ה & הַר־הַֽ⁠בַּעֲלָ֖ה & יַבְנְאֵ֑ל	1	These are the names of places.
15:13	gx9f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶת־קִרְיַ֥ת אַרְבַּ֛ע	1	These are the names of places.
15:13	v154		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אַרְבַּ֛ע & הָ⁠עֲנָ֖ק	1	These are the names of men.
15:14	jp1i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶת־שְׁלוֹשָׁ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י הָ⁠עֲנָ֑ק אֶת־שֵׁשַׁ֤י וְ⁠אֶת־אֲחִימַן֙ וְ⁠אֶת־תַּלְמַ֔י יְלִידֵ֖י הָ⁠עֲנָֽק	1	These names represent clans of people who were descendants of Sheshai, Ahiman, and Talmai. The words “sons” and “descendants” in this context mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “the three clans, Sheshai, Ahiman, and Talmai, who were descendants of Anak”
15:14	q23k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	הָ⁠עֲנָ֑ק אֶת־שֵׁשַׁ֤י וְ⁠אֶת־אֲחִימַן֙ וְ⁠אֶת־תַּלְמַ֔י	1	These are the names of men.
15:15	n52j			וַ⁠יַּ֣עַל מִ⁠שָּׁ֔ם אֶל	1	Alternate translation: “He went up from there to fight against”
15:15	k99v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	דְּבִ֥ר & קִרְיַת־סֵֽפֶר	1	These are the names of places.
15:16	hs9c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶת־קִרְיַת־סֵ֖פֶר	1	This is the name of a place.
15:16	z82q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶת־עַכְסָ֥ה	1	This is a woman’s name.
15:17	kvc1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	עָתְנִיאֵ֥ל & קְנַ֖ז	1	These are men’s names.
15:18	d6qf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בְּ⁠בוֹאָ֗⁠הּ	1	This is an idiom that refers to Aksah becoming Othniel’s wife. Alternate translation: “when Aksah became Othniel’s wife”
15:18	ia6d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וַ⁠תְּסִיתֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ לִ⁠שְׁא֤וֹל מֵֽ⁠אֵת־אָבִ֨י⁠הָ֙ שָׂדֶ֔ה	1	This can be translated as direct speech. Alternate translation: “she urged him, ‘Ask my father to give me a field.’”
15:19	nun3			אֵ֚ת גֻּלֹּ֣ת עִלִּיּ֔וֹת וְ⁠אֵ֖ת גֻּלֹּ֥ת תַּחְתִּיּֽוֹת	1	The words “upper” and “lower” likely refer to the geographical altitude of the water springs.
15:20	q76c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵי־יְהוּדָ֖ה	1	The land that the tribe of Judah received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land that the tribe of Judah received as an inheritance”
15:46	dfe2			וְ⁠חַצְרֵי⁠הֶֽן	1	villages
15:47	hsx1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	נַ֣חַל מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	a small river of water at the southwestern edge of the land near Egypt
15:63	j68z			עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
16:intro	bpv3				0	# Joshua 16 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Drive them out\n\nThe Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\nThis chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Ephraim, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
16:1	b1k9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לִ⁠בְנֵ֤י יוֹסֵף֙	1	The “tribe of Joseph” consisted of the tribes of Joseph’s two sons, Manasseh and Ephraim. Since half of the tribe of Manasseh had settled east of the Jordan, this phrase refers to the tribe of Ephraim and the other half of the tribe of Manasseh. Alternate translation: “the tribe of Ephraim and the other half of the tribe of Manasseh”
16:2	g9td		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	ל֑וּזָ⁠ה & עֲטָרֽוֹת	1	These are the names of places.
16:2	zs9f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	הָ⁠אַרְכִּ֖י	1	This is the name of a people group.
16:3	w8gi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	הַ⁠יַּפְלֵטִ֗י	1	This is the name of a people group.
16:3	id59		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בֵּית־חוֹרֹ֛ן תַּחְתּ֖וֹן & גָּ֑זֶר	1	These are the names of places.
16:4	u6fy			בְנֵי־יוֹסֵ֖ף מְנַשֶּׁ֥ה וְ⁠אֶפְרָֽיִם	1	Alternate translation: “the tribes of Manasseh and Ephraim, the sons of Joseph”
16:4	r4qw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יִּנְחֲל֥וּ	1	The land that the tribes of Manasseh and Ephraim possessed is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “received this land as their inheritance”
16:5	f2i9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	גְּב֥וּל בְּנֵֽי־אֶפְרַ֖יִם לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The territory … that Joshua assigned to their clans”
16:5	m6lu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	עַטְר֣וֹת אַדָּ֔ר & בֵּ֥ית חוֹרֹ֖ן עֶלְיֽוֹן	1	These are the names of places.
16:6	vg46		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	הַֽ⁠מִּכְמְתָת֙ & תַּאֲנַ֣ת שִׁלֹ֑ה & יָנֽוֹחָ⁠ה	1	These are the names of places.
16:7	uyw7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מִ⁠יָּנ֖וֹחָ⁠ה עֲטָר֣וֹת וְ⁠נַעֲרָ֑תָ⁠ה	1	These are the names of places.
16:8	at1t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מִ⁠תַּפּ֜וּחַ & קָנָ֔ה	1	These are the names of places.
16:8	mb6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵי־אֶפְרַ֖יִם לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	The land that Ephraim possessed is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land that the tribe of Ephraim received as an inheritance”
16:8	ke41		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which Joshua assigned to their clans”
16:9	y6xs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הֶ⁠עָרִ֗ים הַ⁠מִּבְדָּלוֹת֙	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the cities that Joshua had chosen”
16:9	f1yc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ נַחֲלַ֣ת בְּנֵֽי־מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה	1	The land that the tribe of Manasseh possessed is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “within the land that the tribe of Manasseh had received as an inheritance”
16:10	au8e			עַד־הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה	1	This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
16:10	fth4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יְהִ֖י לְ⁠מַס־עֹבֵֽד	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Israelites forced these people to work as slaves”
17:intro	m3nk				0	# Joshua 17 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Manasseh’s lack of faith\nEven though they were one of the largest and most powerful tribes of Israel, the tribe of Manasseh lacked faith in the power of Yahweh. This caused them many problems. It would also cause their descendants many problems. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\nThis chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Manasseh, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
17:1	j2sj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	לְ⁠מָכִיר֩	1	These are men’s names.
17:1	zuz5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַֽ⁠יְהִי־ל֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠גִּלְעָ֥ד וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּשָֽׁן	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned the land of Gilead and Bashan to Makir’s descendants”
17:2	al47		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֲבִיעֶ֜זֶר & חֵ֗לֶק & אַשְׂרִיאֵל֙ & שֶׁ֔כֶם & חֵ֖פֶר & שְׁמִידָ֑ע	1	These are men’s names.
17:2	us2l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ֠⁠יְהִי	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned land … and gave them to their clans”
17:3	u2e9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠לִ⁠צְלָפְחָד֩ & חֵ֨פֶ	1	These are men’s names.
17:3	k5z5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מַחְלָ֣ה וְ⁠נֹעָ֔ה חָגְלָ֥ה מִלְכָּ֖ה וְ⁠תִרְצָֽה	1	These are women’s names.
17:4	x2q2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶלְעָזָ֨ר	1	This is the name of a man.
17:4	q55m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לָֽ⁠תֶת־לָ֥⁠נוּ נַחֲלָ֖ה	1	The land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the people received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “to give to us some land as an inheritance”
17:4	s6fd			וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן לָ⁠הֶ֜ם & נַֽחֲלָ֔ה	1	This could mean: (1) “Joshua gave those women an inheritance” or (2) “Eleazar gave those women an inheritance.”
17:5	d1c3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יִּפְּל֥וּ חַבְלֵֽי־מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה עֲשָׂרָ֑ה	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned ten parcels of land”
17:5	z7zr			חַבְלֵֽי & עֲשָׂרָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “Ten portions”
17:6	d9gb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	נָחֲל֥וּ נַחֲלָ֖ה	1	The land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “received land as an inheritance”
17:6	qbx1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	הַ⁠גִּלְעָ֔ד הָיְתָ֥ה לִ⁠בְנֵֽי	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned the land of Gilead”
17:7	jln6			אֶל־הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ין	1	toward the south
17:7	dfe9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	הַֽ⁠מִּכְמְתָ֔ת & תַּפּֽוּחַ	1	These are the names of places.
17:9	k7gp			הַ⁠גְּבוּל֩	1	Alternate translation: “The border of Manasseh’s land”
17:9	l2af			נַ֨חַל	1	a very small river
17:9	qvi8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	קָנָ֜ה	1	name of a brook
17:10	mi9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וּ⁠בְ⁠אָשֵׁר֙ יִפְגְּע֣וּ⁠ן מִ⁠צָּפ֔וֹן	1	This could mean: (1) that the border of Manasseh’s land on the north side touched the land that belonged to the tribe of Asher or (2) that one can travel north to reach Asher. Alternate translation: “Asher was on the north side” or “One can travel north to reach Asher”
17:10	fj36		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וּ⁠בְ⁠יִשָּׂשכָ֖ר מִ⁠מִּזְרָֽח	1	The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “to the east, one can reach Issachar”
17:11	s1sn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בֵּית־שְׁאָ֣ן & וְ⁠יִבְלְעָ֨ם & דֹ֣אר & עֵֽין־דֹּר֙ & תַעְנַךְ֙ & מְגִדּ֖וֹ & הַ⁠נָּֽפֶת	1	These are the names of places.
17:14	b4j6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּנֵ֣י יוֹסֵ֔ף	1	This refers to the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh.
17:14	sk37		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מַדּוּעַ֩ נָתַ֨תָּה לִּ֜⁠י נַחֲלָ֗ה גּוֹרָ֤ל אֶחָד֙ וְ⁠חֶ֣בֶל אֶחָ֔ד וַֽ⁠אֲנִ֣י עַם־רָ֔ב עַ֥ד אֲשֶׁר־עַד־כֹּ֖ה בֵּֽרְכַ֥⁠נִי יְהוָֽה	1	The people of the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh ask this question to emphasize that Joshua should have assigned to them more land. Alternate translation: “You should have given us more than one … Yahweh has blessed us.”
17:14	ju22		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	גּוֹרָ֤ל אֶחָד֙ וְ⁠חֶ֣בֶל אֶחָ֔ד	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. In the second, the land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the people received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “one assignment of land as our inheritance” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
17:14	dg92			וְ⁠חֶ֣בֶל	1	part
17:14	p7z5			עַם־רָ֔ב עַ֥ד	1	Alternate translation: “many people”
17:15	d24l			אִם־עַם־רַ֤ב אַתָּה֙	1	Alternate translation: “Since you are a people great in number”
17:15	psc4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠הָֽ⁠רְפָאִ֑ים	1	This is the name of a people group.
17:16	g788		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בְּ⁠בֵית־שְׁאָן֙ & יִזְרְעֶֽאל	1	These are the names of places.
17:17	wa3y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בֵּ֣ית יוֹסֵ֔ף	1	Here the word “house” refers to the descendants. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Joseph”
17:18	w4m4			וּ⁠בֵ֣רֵאת֔⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “you will clear the forest of trees” or “you will cut down its trees”
18:intro	j38i				0	# Joshua 18 General Notes\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\nThis chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:1	fkg2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events	וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ נִכְבְּשָׁ֖ה לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	They had conquered the people who lived in the land before they set up the tent of meeting. Alternate translation: “after they had conquered the land”
18:2	ynk6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹֽא־חָלְק֖וּ אֶת־נַֽחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם	1	The land that the tribes would receive is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they would receive as a permanent possession. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to whom Joshua had not assigned land as an inheritance” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:3	bia9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	עַד־אָ֨נָה֙ אַתֶּ֣ם מִתְרַפִּ֔ים לָ⁠בוֹא֙ לָ⁠רֶ֣שֶׁת אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֙ נָתַ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֔ם יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבֽוֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	Joshua asks this question in order to encourage the Israelites to take possession of the land. Alternate translation: “For long enough, you have put off … has given you.”
18:4	p7hg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠יִֽתְהַלְּכ֥וּ בָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ	1	The words “up and down” mean in every direction. Alternate translation: “the land in every direction” or “throughout the land”
18:4	zry7			וְ⁠יִכְתְּב֥וּ אוֹתָ֛⁠הּ לְ⁠פִ֥י נַֽחֲלָתָ֖⁠ם	1	This means that they will describe the portions of land that each tribe would like to receive for an inheritance.
18:4	lh9w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	נַֽחֲלָתָ֖⁠ם	1	The land that they are to survey is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that each of the tribes would receive as a permanent possession.
18:5	e13l				0	# General Information:\n\nJoshua is continuing his speech to the children of Israel.
18:5	dmy4			וְ⁠הִֽתְחַלְּק֥וּ אֹתָ֖⁠הּ	1	Alternate translation: “They will divide the land”
18:5	y5gn			יְהוּדָ֞ה יַעֲמֹ֤ד	1	Alternate translation: “The tribe of Judah will remain”
18:5	d41l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וּ⁠בֵ֥ית יוֹסֵ֛ף	1	Here the word “house” represents the descendants of Joseph. The phrase refers to the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh. Alternate translation: “the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:7	v3qr				0	# General Information:\n\nJoshua is continuing his speech to the children of Israel.
18:7	e6s8			אֵֽין־חֵ֤לֶק	1	Alternate translation: “no portion of land”
18:7	kus7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	כִּֽי־כְהֻנַּ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה נַחֲלָת֑⁠וֹ	1	Joshua speaks of the great honor that the Levites have by serving Yahweh as priests as if it were something that they inherited. Alternate translation: “for the priesthood of Yahweh is what they have”
18:7	eqg6			וַ⁠חֲצִי֩ שֵׁ֨בֶט הַֽ⁠מְנַשֶּׁ֜ה	1	Alternate translation: “half of the tribe of Manasseh”
18:7	cyc8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לָקְח֣וּ נַחֲלָתָ֗⁠ם	1	The land that the tribes received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “have received land as their inheritance”
18:8	t1cr				0	# General Information:\n\nJoshua speaks to the twenty-one men who were to go look at the land.
18:8	p238		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠הִתְהַלְּכ֨וּ בָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ	1	The words “up and down” mean in every direction. See how you translated this in [Joshua 18:4](../18/04.md). Alternate translation: “in every direction in the land” or “throughout the land”
18:10	pz3n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	כְּ⁠מַחְלְקֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to each tribe Joshua gave their portion in the land”
18:11	hd7v			בֵּ֚ין בְּנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה וּ⁠בֵ֖ין בְּנֵ֥י יוֹסֵֽף	1	Alternate translation: “between the land that belonged to the descendants of Judah and the land that belonged to the descendants of Joseph”
18:11	ib4f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּנֵ֥י יוֹסֵֽף	1	This refers to the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh.
18:12	ij99		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בֵּ֥ית אָֽוֶן	1	This is the name of a place.
18:13	hx15		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	ל֨וּזָ⁠ה֙ & בֵּֽית־אֵ֑ל & עַטְר֣וֹת אַדָּ֔ר & לְ⁠בֵית־חֹר֖וֹן	1	These are the names of places.
18:14	h4e6			הַ⁠גְּבוּל֩	1	This refers to the same thing as “the border” in verse 13.
18:14	eq7x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	קִרְיַת־בַּ֨עַל֙ & קִרְיַ֣ת יְעָרִ֔ים	1	These are the names of places.
18:15	ulq2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	קִרְיַ֣ת יְעָרִ֑ים & נֶפְתּֽוֹחַ	1	These are the names of places.
18:16	br6t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בֶן־הִנֹּ֔ם & רְפָאִ֖ים & הִנֹּ֜ם & עֵ֥ין רֹגֵֽל	1	These are the names of places.
18:17	d8dt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	עֵ֣ין שֶׁ֔מֶשׁ & גְּלִיל֔וֹת & אֲדֻמִּ֑ים	1	These are the names of places.
18:17	z2mh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶ֥בֶן בֹּ֖הַן	1	This was likely a large stone that someone set up as a landmark and named after the man, Bohan. See how you translated this in [Joshua 15:6](../15/06.md).
18:18	g6td		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	כֶּ֥תֶף מוּל־הָֽ⁠עֲרָבָ֖ה	1	Land that is in the form of a slope or ridge is spoken of as if it were a shoulder. Alternate translation: “the slope of Beth Arabah”
18:18	b98y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מוּל־הָֽ⁠עֲרָבָ֖ה	1	This is the name of a city.
18:19	k48g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	כֶּ֣תֶף בֵּית־חָגְלָה֮ צָפוֹנָ⁠ה֒	1	Land that is in the form of a slope or ridge is spoken of as if it were a shoulder. Alternate translation: “the north slope of Beth Hoglah”
18:19	xy3i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בֵּית־חָגְלָה֮	1	This is the name of a place.
18:20	ywb2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	זֹ֡את נַחֲלַת֩ בְּנֵ֨י בִנְיָמִ֧ן	1	The land that the tribe of Benjamin received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance”
18:20	pe6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Joshua gave it to each of their clans”
18:21	i6af		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		0	# General Information:\n\nThe writer lists the cities that were in the land that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance.
18:24	jsu9			וְ⁠חַצְרֵי⁠הֶֽן	1	Alternate translation: “the villages around them”
18:28	t3aa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	זֹ֛את נַֽחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־בִנְיָמִ֖ן	1	The land and cities that the tribe of Benjamin received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance”
19:intro	j62l				0	# Joshua 19 General Notes\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\nThis chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
19:1	s149			וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֞א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֤ל הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ לְ⁠שִׁמְע֔וֹן	1	Alternate translation: “The second time Joshua cast lots, the lot indicated the tribe of Simeon”
19:1	gl7x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙	1	number two in a list
19:1	z9r9			לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחוֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	Alternate translation: “and Joshua assigned the land to each of their clans”
19:1	u57y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ נַֽחֲלָתָ֔⁠ם בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ נַחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־יְהוּדָֽה	1	The land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the tribes received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “The land that they received as an inheritance was in the middle of the land that the tribe of Judah received as an inheritance”
19:2	kg51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		0	# General Information:\n\nThe writer lists cities that were in the land that the tribe of Simeon received as an inheritance.
19:2	eu6h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יְהִ֥י לָ⁠הֶ֖ם בְּ⁠נַֽחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם	1	The land and cities that the tribe of Simeon received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “They had the following cities for their inheritance”
19:5	f4vb			וְ⁠צִֽקְלַ֥ג	1	See how you translated the name of this city in [Joshua 15:31](../15/31.md).
19:8	uc1c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־שִׁמְע֖וֹן	1	The land and cities that the tribe of Simeon received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Simeon received as an inheritance”
19:8	q586		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which Joshua gave to their clans”
19:9	lep5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	מֵ⁠חֶ֨בֶל֙ בְּנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the portion of land which Joshua assigned to the tribe of Judah”
19:9	p2ji			בְּ⁠ת֥וֹךְ נַחֲלָתָֽ⁠ם	1	Alternate translation: “the middle of Judah’s portion of land”
19:10	f5gu			וַ⁠יַּ֨עַל֙ הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֣ל הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י	1	See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
19:10	s2j1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י	1	number three in a list
19:10	vde5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	שָׂרִֽיד	1	This is the name of a city.
19:11	v9gp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וּ⁠מַרְעֲלָ֖ה & בְּ⁠דַבָּ֑שֶׁת & יָקְנְעָֽם	1	These are the names of places.
19:11	gx7v			עַל־פְּנֵ֥י יָקְנְעָֽם	1	Alternate translation: “across from Jokneam”
19:12	n9dc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מִ⁠שָּׂרִ֗יד & כִּסְלֹ֖ת תָּבֹ֑ר & הַ⁠דָּֽבְרַ֖ת & יָפִֽיעַ	1	These are the names of cities.
19:13	dqd5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	גִּתָּ֥⁠ה חֵ֖פֶר עִתָּ֣ה קָצִ֑ין & רִמּ֥וֹן & הַ⁠נֵּעָֽה	1	These are the names of cities.
19:14	ja4s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	חַנָּתֹ֑ן & יִפְתַּח־אֵֽל	1	These are names of places.
19:15	xk4u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠קַטָּ֤ת וְ⁠נַֽהֲלָל֙ וְ⁠שִׁמְר֔וֹן וְ⁠יִדְאֲלָ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֣ית לָ֑חֶם	1	These are names of places.
19:15	yn5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וּ⁠בֵ֣ית לָ֑חֶם	1	This is not the same “Bethlehem” that is south of Jerusalem in Judah.
19:16	a4ee		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	זֹ֛את נַחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־זְבוּלֻ֖ן	1	The land and cities that the tribe of Zebulun received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Zebulun received as an inheritance”
19:17	fum5			יָצָ֖א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֣ל הָֽ⁠רְבִיעִ֑י	1	See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
19:17	l33x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	הָֽ⁠רְבִיעִ֑י	1	number four in a list
19:18	qmg4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠הַ⁠כְּסוּלֹ֖ת וְ⁠שׁוּנֵֽם	1	These are names of cities.
19:19	c3ti		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠חֲפָרַ֥יִם וְ⁠שִׁיאֹ֖ן וַ⁠אֲנָחֲרַֽת	1	These are names of cities.
19:20	mft4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠הָֽ⁠רַבִּ֥ית וְ⁠קִשְׁי֖וֹן וָ⁠אָֽבֶץ	1	These are names of cities.
19:21	b1ex		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠רֶ֧מֶת וְ⁠עֵין־גַּנִּ֛ים וְ⁠עֵ֥ין חַדָּ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֥ית פַּצֵּֽץ	1	These are names of cities.
19:22	hs7i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בְּ⁠תָב֤וֹר	1	This is the name of a mountain.
19:22	ht1e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	ו⁠שחצומ⁠ה	1	This is the name of a city.
19:23	yll2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־יִשָּׂשכָ֖ר	1	The land and cities that the tribe of Issachar received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Issachar received as an inheritance”
19:24	lhr4			וַ⁠יֵּצֵא֙ הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֣ל הַֽ⁠חֲמִישִׁ֔י	1	See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
19:24	xa5a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	הַֽ⁠חֲמִישִׁ֔י	1	number five in a list
19:25	prg9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	חֶלְקַ֥ת וַ⁠חֲלִ֖י וָ⁠בֶ֥טֶן וְ⁠אַכְשָֽׁף	1	These are the names of cities.
19:26	v6t4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠אַֽלַמֶּ֥לֶךְ וְ⁠עַמְעָ֖ד וּ⁠מִשְׁאָ֑ל & וּ⁠בְ⁠שִׁיח֖וֹר לִבְנָֽת	1	These are the names of cities.
19:27	pbh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בֵּ֣ית דָּגֹן֒ & וּ⁠בְ⁠גֵ֨י יִפְתַּח־אֵ֥ל & בֵּ֥ית הָעֵ֖מֶק וּ⁠נְעִיאֵ֑ל & כָּב֖וּל	1	These are the names of places.
19:28	ht1l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠עֶבְרֹ֥ן וּ⁠רְחֹ֖ב וְ⁠חַמּ֣וֹן וְ⁠קָנָ֑ה	1	These are the names of places.
19:29	q8wz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	חֹסָ֔ה & אַכְזִֽיבָ⁠ה	1	These are the names of places.
19:30	y1g5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠עֻמָ֥ה וַ⁠אֲפֵ֖ק וּ⁠רְחֹ֑ב	1	These are the names of places.
19:31	x4aq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־אָשֵׁ֖ר	1	The land and cities that the tribe of Asher received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Asher received as an inheritance”
19:32	jy7g			יָצָ֖א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֣ל הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֑י	1	See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
19:32	jjm6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֑י	1	number six in a list
19:33	syr4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מֵ⁠חֵ֨לֶף & בְּ⁠צַעֲנַנִּ֗ים וַ⁠אֲדָמִ֥י הַנֶּ֛קֶב וְ⁠יַבְנְאֵ֖ל & לַקּ֑וּם	1	These are the names of cities.
19:34	lu5s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אַזְנ֣וֹת תָּב֔וֹר & חוּקֹ֑קָ⁠ה	1	These are the names of cities.
19:35	h8p6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	הַ⁠צִּדִּ֣ים צֵ֔ר וְ⁠חַמַּ֖ת רַקַּ֥ת וְ⁠כִנָּֽרֶת	1	These are the names of cities.
19:35	lq51			וְ⁠חַמַּ֖ת	1	This is not the same location as “Hamath,” but is located on the west shore of the Sea of Galilee.
19:36	e379		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠אֲדָמָ֥ה וְ⁠הָ⁠רָמָ֖ה וְ⁠חָצֽוֹר	1	These are the names of cities.
19:37	vez5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠קֶ֥דֶשׁ וְ⁠אֶדְרֶ֖עִי וְ⁠עֵ֥ין חָצֽוֹר	1	These are the names of cities.
19:38	jp9v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠יִרְאוֹן֙ וּ⁠מִגְדַּל־אֵ֔ל חֳרֵ֥ם וּ⁠בֵית־עֲנָ֖ת וּ⁠בֵ֣ית שָׁ֑מֶשׁ	1	These are names of cities.
19:39	s9en		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־נַפְתָּלִ֖י	1	The land and cities that the tribe of Naphtali received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Naphtali received as an inheritance”
19:40	q3a2			יָצָ֖א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֥ל הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִֽי	1	See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
19:40	b1tt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִֽי	1	number seven in a list
19:41	d7it		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	גְּב֣וּל נַחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם	1	The land that the tribe of Dan received is spoken of as if it was an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “The territory of land that the tribe of Dan received as an inheritance”
19:41	b8bg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	צָרְעָ֥ה וְ⁠אֶשְׁתָּא֖וֹל וְ⁠עִ֥יר שָֽׁמֶשׁ	1	These are the names of places.
19:42	q637		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠שַֽׁעֲלַבִּ֥ין וְ⁠אַיָּל֖וֹן וְ⁠יִתְלָֽה	1	These are the names of places.
19:43	sht1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠אֵיל֥וֹן וְ⁠תִמְנָ֖תָ⁠ה וְ⁠עֶקְרֽוֹן	1	These are the names of cities.
19:44	gca7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠אֶלְתְּקֵ֥ה וְ⁠גִבְּת֖וֹן וּ⁠בַעֲלָֽת	1	These are the names of cities.
19:45	yan4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וִ⁠יהֻ֥ד וּ⁠בְנֵֽי־בְרַ֖ק וְ⁠גַת־רִמּֽוֹן	1	These are the names of cities.
19:46	ddh6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וּ⁠מֵ֥י הַיַּרְק֖וֹן וְ⁠הָֽ⁠רַקּ֑וֹן	1	These are the names of cities.
19:46	w42c			מ֥וּל יָפֽוֹ	1	Alternate translation: “opposite Joppa” or “beside Joppa”
19:47	i8zh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	לֶ֜שֶׁם	1	This is the name of a city.
19:48	cx9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵי־דָ֖ן	1	The land and cities that the tribe of Dan received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Dan received as an inheritance”
19:49	jzi6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יִּתְּנ֨וּ בְנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל נַחֲלָ֛ה לִ⁠יהוֹשֻׁ֥עַ בִּן־נ֖וּן בְּ⁠תוֹכָֽ⁠ם	1	The city that Joshua received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that he received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “gave a city within their own land as an inheritance to Joshua son of Nun”
19:50	ac8r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶת־תִּמְנַת־סֶ֖רַח	1	This is the name of a city.
19:51	cs47		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֵ֣לֶּה הַ⁠נְּחָלֹ֡ת אֲשֶׁ֣ר נִחֲל֣וּ	1	The land and cities that the various tribes received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “These are the portions of land and the cities … assigned as inheritances”
20:intro	vg5f				0	# Joshua 20 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Cities of Refuge\n\nIf a person was killed, it was the duty of his relatives to kill the killer. If the death was an accident, this would be unfair. Therefore, God told the Israelites to make cities of refuge for a person who killed someone accidentally. In the city where he sought refuge, his case would be solved legally: “Do this so that one who unintentionally kills a person can go there. These cities will be a place of refuge from anyone who seeks to avenge the blood of a person who was killed.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/refuge]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])
20:2	qhs6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה	1	Here “hand of Moses” refers to the scriptures that Moses wrote down. Alternate translation: “through the things that Moses wrote”
20:3	a1vg			מַכֵּה־נֶ֥פֶשׁ בִּ⁠שְׁגָגָ֖ה	1	This happens when a person accidentally kills another person, without intending to do so.
20:3	h73b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִ⁠גֹּאֵ֖ל הַ⁠דָּֽם	1	Here the shed blood of a person represents their death. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “avenge a person’s death” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
20:4	u2dh			וְ⁠נָ֞ס	1	Here the word “he” refers to the person who unintentionally killed someone.
20:4	p1sg			וְ⁠דִבֶּ֛ר בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֛י זִקְנֵ֥י־הָ⁠עִֽיר הַ⁠הִ֖יא אֶת־דְּבָרָ֑י⁠ו	1	“convince the elders of that city that he had not intentionally killed the person.”
20:4	dhh4			וְ⁠אָסְפ֨וּ אֹת֤⁠וֹ	1	The word “they” refers to the elders and “him” refers to the person who unintentionally killed someone.
20:4	k969			וְ⁠יָשַׁ֥ב עִמָּֽ⁠ם	1	This refers to the city as a whole, not to the elders only.
20:5	x945		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	גֹּאֵ֤ל הַ⁠דָּם֙	1	Here the shed blood of a person represents their death. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated this in [Joshua 20:3](../20/03.md). Alternate translation: “avenge a person’s death” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
20:5	u27s			בִ⁠בְלִי־דַ֨עַת֙ הִכָּ֣ה אֶת־רֵעֵ֔⁠הוּ	1	accidentally killed his neighbor
20:6	c6fe			עָמְד֞⁠וֹ לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י הָֽ⁠עֵדָה֙	1	This is a phrase that describes standing to seek justice from a court of the assembly of his fellow citizens.
20:7	lyr5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		0	# General Information:\n\nThere are a lot of names in this section.
20:8	cy8e			לְ⁠יַרְדֵּ֤ן	1	This is a short name for the Jordan River.
20:9	b89x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠לֹ֣א יָמ֗וּת בְּ⁠יַד֙ גֹּאֵ֣ל הַ⁠דָּ֔ם	1	Here “by the hand” is an idiom that means to be the specific cause of something. Alternate translation: “would not be killed by the one”
20:9	j61z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	גֹּאֵ֣ל הַ⁠דָּ֔ם	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Joshua 20:3](../20/03.md). Alternate translation: “avenge a person’s death” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:intro	pp5c				0	# Joshua 21 General Notes\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\nThis chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Levi. Even though they did not receive a large piece of land like the other tribes, they did receive small pieces of land to live on and for their animals. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:1	js4y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶלְעָזָר֙ & נ֑וּן	1	These are names of men.
21:2	wk1t			וַ⁠יְדַבְּר֨וּ אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֜ם	1	Alternate translation: “The Levites said to them”
21:2	wk1m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	יְהוָה֙ צִוָּ֣ה בְ⁠יַד־מֹשֶׁ֔ה	1	The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Moses to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “Yahweh told Moses to command you”
21:3	f9ei			אֶת־הֶ⁠עָרִ֥ים	1	This refers to the cities to be listed in the next verses.
21:4	r4ry			וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֖ל	1	A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
21:4	fl2y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	הַ⁠קְּהָתִ֑י	1	This priests in this group were descendants of Levi’s son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohath’s grandson.
21:5	iwh3			וּ⁠מֵ⁠חֲצִ֨י	1	Half the tribe because the other half received their inheritance before crossing the Jordan River.
21:6	bk5g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	גֵרְשׁ֗וֹן	1	Gershon was one of the sons of Levi.
21:6	ezu2			בַּ⁠גּוֹרָ֔ל	1	A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
21:7	cg61		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מְרָרִ֜י	1	Merari was one of the sons of Levi.
21:8	qe5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶׁ֖ה	1	The phrase “by the hand of” here means that Yahweh used Moses as the agent to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had told Moses to command”
21:10	t6l2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מִ⁠מִּשְׁפְּח֥וֹת הַ⁠קְּהָתִ֖י	1	The priests in this group were descendants of Levi’s son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohath’s grandson. See how you translated this in [Joshua 21:2](../21/02.md).
21:10	tnp1			הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֖ל	1	A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
21:11	vkd2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	אַרְבַּ֨ע אֲבִ֧י הָֽ⁠עֲנ֛וֹק	1	This is background information about the name of the man who founded the city of Kiriath Arba.
21:11	mn2g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	הָֽ⁠עֲנ֛וֹק	1	This is the name of a man.
21:11	vd7d			בְּ⁠הַ֣ר	1	An area of land with natural elevations, smaller than mountains.
21:11	kwe7			מִגְרָשֶׁ֖⁠הָ	1	An area covered with grass or plants suitable for the grazing of livestock or cattle.
21:12	aj9s			שְׂדֵ֥ה הָ⁠עִ֖יר	1	Areas of open land, usually, planted with crops, belonging to and surrounding the city.
21:12	uz84			חֲצֵרֶ֑י⁠הָ	1	Small communities, usually smaller than a town.
21:13	p1nr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	לִבְנָ֖ה	1	This is the name of a city.
21:14	q8gl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	יַתִּר֙ & אֶשְׁתְּמֹ֖עַ	1	These are all names of cities.
21:15	cb4t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	חֹלֹן֙ & דְּבִ֖ר	1	These are all names of cities.
21:16	bx8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	עַ֣יִן & יֻטָּה֙	1	These are all names of cities.
21:17	e8r4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וּ⁠מִ⁠מַּטֵּ֣ה בִנְיָמִ֔ן	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The tribe of Benjamin gave Gibeon”
21:17	fd6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶת־גֶּ֖בַע	1	This is the name of a city.
21:18	sk7n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶת־עֲנָתוֹת֙ & עַלְמ֖וֹן	1	These are names of cities.
21:19	ha9f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שְׁלֹשׁ־עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה עָרִ֖ים	1	“13 cities”
21:20	lfp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וּ⁠לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּח֤וֹת בְּנֵֽי־קְהָת֙	1	The priests in this group were descendants of Levi’s son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohath’s grandson.
21:20	x8eu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ עָרֵ֣י גֽוֹרָלָ֔⁠ם	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they received cities”
21:20	tg75			גֽוֹרָלָ֔⁠ם	1	A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
21:21	kz7k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	גֶּ֖זֶר	1	This is the name of a city.
21:22	tv2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	קִבְצַ֨יִם֙ & בֵּ֥ית חוֹרֹ֖ן	1	names of cities
21:22	r4hl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	עָרִ֖ים אַרְבַּֽע	1	This refers to the list by the total number.
21:23	dw9x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וּ⁠מִ⁠מַּ֨טֵּה־דָ֔ן	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The tribe of Dan gave to the clan of Kohath Eltekeh”
21:23	r7qr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶֽת־אֶלְתְּקֵ֖א & גִּבְּת֖וֹן	1	These are names of cities.
21:24	g45w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶת־אַיָּלוֹן֙ & אֶת־גַּת־רִמּ֖וֹן	1	These are names of cities.
21:24	g4ma		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	עָרִ֖ים אַרְבַּֽע	1	This refers to the number of cities.
21:25	e6cl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וּ⁠מִֽ⁠מַּחֲצִית֙ מַטֵּ֣ה מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה אֶת־תַּעְנַךְ֙	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The half tribe of Manasseh gave to the clan of Kohath Taanach”
21:25	yn8h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶת־תַּעְנַךְ֙ & גַּת־רִמּ֖וֹן	1	These are names of cities.
21:26	hn9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּח֥וֹת בְּנֵֽי־קְהָ֖ת	1	The priests in this group were descendants of Levi’s son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohath’s grandson.
21:27	knk6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶת־גּוֹלָ֤ן & אֶֽת־בְּעֶשְׁתְּרָ֖ה	1	names of cities
21:27	bmc9			הָ⁠רֹצֵ֔חַ	1	This refers to a death resulting from an action not intended to harm a person.
21:27	a1zs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	עָרִ֖ים שְׁתָּֽיִם	1	number of cities
21:28	r9hc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶת־קִשְׁי֖וֹן & אֶת־דָּֽבְרַ֖ת	1	names of cities
21:29	u8z9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶת־יַרְמוּת֙ & עֵ֥ין גַּנִּ֖ים	1	names of cities
21:30	rbf6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וּ⁠מִ⁠מַּטֵּ֣ה אָשֵׁ֔ר אֶת־מִשְׁאָ֖ל	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They received from the tribe of Asher Mishal”
21:30	px1s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶת־מִשְׁאָ֖ל & אֶת־עַבְדּ֖וֹ	1	names of cities
21:31	ziw8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶת־חֶלְקָת֙ & רְחֹ֖ב	1	names of cities
21:32	h2j8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	חַמֹּ֥ת דֹּאר֙ & קַרְתָּ֖ן	1	These are names of cities.
21:33	c7dt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שְׁלֹשׁ־עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה עִ֖יר	1	“13 cities in total”
21:34	yuv3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וּ⁠לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּח֣וֹת בְּנֵֽי־מְרָרִי֮ הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֣ם הַ⁠נּוֹתָרִים֒ מֵ⁠אֵת֙ מַטֵּ֣ה זְבוּלֻ֔ן אֶֽת־יָקְנְעָ֖ם	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: The rest of the Levites—the clans of Merari—received from the tribe of Zebulun Jokneam”
21:34	ws8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מְרָרִי֮	1	This is a man’s name.
21:34	ng32		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶֽת־יָקְנְעָ֖ם & אֶת־קַרְתָּ֖ה	1	These are the names of cities.
21:35	ek4f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶת־דִּמְנָה֙ & אֶֽת־נַהֲלָ֖ל	1	names of cities
21:36	dh5c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶת־בֶּ֖צֶר & וְ⁠אֶת־יַ֖הְצָ⁠ה	1	names of cities
21:37	jbp6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	עָרִ֖ים אַרְבַּֽע	1	This refers to the total number of cities.
21:37	e538		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶת־קְדֵמוֹת֙ & מֵיפָ֖עַת	1	names of cities
21:38	r7m5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶת־רָמֹ֥ת & מַחֲנַ֖יִם	1	These are the names of cities.
21:39	a2l1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶת־חֶשְׁבּוֹן֙ & אֶת־יַעְזֵ֖ר	1	These are names of cities.
21:40	x17x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	עָרִ֖ים שְׁתֵּ֥ים עֶשְׂרֵֽה	1	“12 cities in total”
21:40	q83e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יְהִי֙ גּוֹרָלָ֔⁠ם עָרִ֖ים שְׁתֵּ֥ים עֶשְׂרֵֽה	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they received these twelve cities by the casting of lots”
21:40	at28			גּוֹרָלָ֔⁠ם	1	A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
21:41	g7z1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	כֹּ֚ל עָרֵ֣י הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ אֲחֻזַּ֣ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Levites received their cities from the middle of the land”
21:41	z9gj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	עָרִ֛ים אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁמֹנֶ֖ה	1	“48 cities”
21:43	q5na			נִשְׁבַּ֖ע	1	Alternate translation: “he gave an oath”
21:44	t1a4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	וְ⁠לֹא־עָ֨מַד אִ֤ישׁ בִּ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶם֙ מִ⁠כָּל־אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1	This is stated in a negative way to strengthen the statement. Alternate translation: “They defeated every one of their enemies”
21:44	lg6d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֵ֚ת כָּל־אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם נָתַ֥ן יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יָדָֽ⁠ם	1	Here “into their hand” means “into their power.” Alternate translation: “gave them power to defeat all their enemies”
21:45	u1ik		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	לֹֽא־נָפַ֣ל דָּבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּל֙ הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠טּ֔וֹב אֲשֶׁר־דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־בֵּ֣ית יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	This is stated in a negative way to strengthen the statement. Alternate translation: “Every one of the good promises that Yahweh had spoken to the house of Israel came true”
22:intro	l4hr				0	# Joshua 22 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThe division of the land is completed in this chapter. Additionally, the soldiers who received land on the east side of the Jordan River were released to go home.\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### The tribes east of the Jordan River build a monument\n\nThe tribes east of the Jordan River said, “Let us now build an altar, not for burnt offerings nor for any sacrifices, but to be a witness between us and you, and between our generations after us, that we will perform the service of Yahweh before him, with our burnt offerings and with our sacrifices and with our peace offerings, so that your children will never say to our children in time to come, ‘You have no share in Yahweh.’” They went home even though the Israelites had not fully conquered the land.
22:1	ic3e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	לָ⁠רֽאוּבֵנִ֖י	1	people of the tribe of Reuben
22:1	w3xd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠לַ⁠גָּדִ֑י	1	people of the tribe of Gad
22:2	x8l8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַ⁠תִּשְׁמְע֣וּ בְ⁠קוֹלִ֔⁠י	1	Here “my voice” refers to the things that Joshua had said. Alternate translation: “obeyed everything I said”
22:3	a89l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	לֹֽא־עֲזַבְתֶּ֣ם אֶת־אֲחֵי⁠כֶ֗ם	1	This can be stated in a positive way. Alternate translation: “You have remained with your brothers”
22:5	zh9u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠לָ⁠לֶ֧כֶת בְּ⁠כָל־דְּרָכָ֛י⁠ו	1	A person obeying Yahweh is spoken of as if he were walking on Yahweh’s ways or roads. Alternate translation: “to obey everything he says”
22:5	r5dh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	בְּ⁠כָל־לְבַבְ⁠כֶ֖ם וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־נַפְשְׁ⁠כֶֽם	1	The terms “heart” and “soul” are here used together to refer to the entire person. Alternate translation: “with all you think and feel” or “with your entire being”
22:7	k89d			הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֖ן	1	This was a short name for the Jordan River.
22:8	w4re			וּ⁠בְ⁠בַרְזֶ֛ל	1	a strong, hard, magnetic metal
22:8	k79c			שְׁלַל	1	The winning army would take everything of value from the people they conquered.
22:9	cmc4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	פִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה	1	The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Moses to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “the commandment that Yahweh told Moses to give to you”
22:10	iy3p			הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן	1	This was a short name for the Jordan River.
22:11	ww1z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֶל־מוּל֙ אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן	1	The Israelite tribes who lived across the Jordan River would enter Canaan at the place where they built the altar. This place is spoken of as if it was the “front” or “entrance” to Canaan where the other tribes lived. Alternate translation: “at the entrance to the land of Canaan”
22:11	yqa5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	גְּלִילוֹת֙	1	This is the name of a city.
22:12	v3q5			לַ⁠צָּבָֽא	1	a state of armed conflict between two nations or people groups
22:13	t232		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶלְעָזָ֥ר	1	name of man
22:16	sy2y			כֹּ֣ה אָמְר֞וּ כֹּ֣ל׀ עֲדַ֣ת יְהוָ֗ה	1	All the people of Israel are spoken of together in the singular as if they were one person. Alternate translation: “All the other Israelites are asking”
22:17	lcv2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הַ⁠מְעַט־לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ אֶת־עֲוֺ֣ן פְּע֔וֹר אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־הִטַּהַ֨רְנוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה	1	This question emphasizes how serious their previous sin was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We had already sinned terribly at Peor!”
22:17	b18v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	פְּע֔וֹר	1	This is name of a place. Translate the same way as in [Joshua 13:20](../13/20.md).
22:17	ie2t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־הִטַּהַ֨רְנוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ	1	This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “we are still dealing with the guilt of that sin”
22:20	kyw7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	עָכָ֣ן & זֶ֗רַח	1	names of men
22:20	v3qy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠ל֣וֹא׀ עָכָ֣ן בֶּן־זֶ֗רַח מָ֤עַל מַ֨עַל֙ בַּ⁠חֵ֔רֶם	1	These questions are used to remind the people of the punishment for past sins. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “Achan son of Zerah sinned by taking things that had been reserved for God. And because of that God punished all the people of Israel!”
22:22	x5pm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	אִם־בְּ⁠מֶ֤רֶד וְ⁠אִם־בְּ⁠מַ֨עַל֙ בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה אַל־תּוֹשִׁיעֵ֖⁠נוּ הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	The three tribes are making a hypothetical statement that they insist is not true. They did not build the altar in rebellion or breach of faith.
22:23	sku4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	לִ⁠בְנ֥וֹת לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ מִזְבֵּ֔חַ לָ⁠שׁ֖וּב מֵ⁠אַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה וְ⁠אִם־לְ⁠הַעֲל֨וֹת עָלָ֜י⁠ו עוֹלָ֣ה וּ⁠מִנְחָ֗ה וְ⁠אִם־לַ⁠עֲשׂ֤וֹת עָלָי⁠ו֙ זִבְחֵ֣י שְׁלָמִ֔ים יְהוָ֖ה ה֥וּא יְבַקֵּֽשׁ	1	The three tribes are making a hypothetical statement that they insist is not true. They did not build the altar to worship another god.
22:24	cei9				0	# General Information:\n\nThe tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh now give their answer.
22:24	xpn5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	יֹאמְר֨וּ בְנֵי⁠כֶ֤ם לְ⁠בָנֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר מַה־לָּ⁠כֶ֕ם וְ⁠לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	This is a hypothetical accusation that the three tribes think the children of the other tribes may make sometime in the future.
22:24	qr6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מַה־לָּ⁠כֶ֕ם וְ⁠לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	The three tribes use this rhetorical question to emphasize the situation they are trying to avoid. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have nothing to do with Yahweh, the God of Israel!”
22:25	qfc4				0	# General Information:\n\nThe tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh continue their answer.
22:25	w2sv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	וּ⁠גְב֣וּל נָֽתַן־יְ֠הוָה בֵּינֵ֨⁠נוּ וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶ֜ם בְּנֵי־רְאוּבֵ֤ן וּ⁠בְנֵי־גָד֙ אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן אֵין־לָ⁠כֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה	1	This is the continuation of the hypothetical accusation that the three tribes think the children of the other tribes may make sometime in the future.
22:25	w3az			אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן	1	This is a short name for the Jordan River.
22:25	iy97		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	וְ⁠הִשְׁבִּ֤יתוּ בְנֵי⁠כֶם֙ אֶת־בָּנֵ֔י⁠נוּ לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֖י יְרֹ֥א אֶת־יְהוָֽה	1	The three tribes built the altar to avoid this hypothetical situation from happening in the future.
22:26	ueg6				0	# General Information:\n\nThe tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh now give their answer.
22:27	m97u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	עֵ֨ד ה֜וּא בֵּינֵ֣י⁠נוּ וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶ֗ם	1	The altar is spoken of as if it were a witness that could testify to the rights of the three tribes.
22:27	gs6k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	וְ⁠לֹא־יֹאמְר֨וּ בְנֵי⁠כֶ֤ם מָחָר֙ לְ⁠בָנֵ֔י⁠נוּ אֵין־לָ⁠כֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק בַּ⁠יהוָֽה	1	This is the hypothetical situation that the three tribes did not want to happen.
22:27	n3i9			אֵין־לָ⁠כֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק	1	Alternate translation: “no portion” or “no inheritance”
22:28	bf3h				0	# General Information:\n\nThe tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh now finish their answer.
22:28	kuu5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	וְ⁠הָיָ֗ה כִּֽי־יֹאמְר֥וּ אֵלֵ֛י⁠נוּ וְ⁠אֶל־דֹּרֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ מָחָ֑ר וְ⁠אָמַ֡רְנוּ רְא֣וּ אֶת־תַּבְנִית֩ מִזְבַּ֨ח יְהוָ֜ה אֲשֶׁר־עָשׂ֣וּ אֲבוֹתֵ֗י⁠נוּ לֹ֤א לְ⁠עוֹלָה֙ וְ⁠לֹ֣א לְ⁠זֶ֔בַח כִּי־עֵ֣ד ה֔וּא בֵּינֵ֖י⁠נוּ וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	The three tribes are describing their potential answer to an accusation that might or might not be made at a future time.
22:29	b4w1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	חָלִילָ⁠ה֩ לָּ֨⁠נוּ מִמֶּ֜⁠נּוּ לִ⁠מְרֹ֣ד	1	The unlikely chance that they would rebel is spoken of as if it is something that is a great distance away from them. Alternate translation: “We would certainly not rebel”
22:29	i8y4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠לָ⁠שׁ֤וּב הַ⁠יּוֹם֙ מֵ⁠אַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה	1	To stop following Yahweh is spoken of as if they were turning away from him. Alternate translation: “stop following him”
22:30	ysf8			וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֞ע & אֶת־הַ֨⁠דְּבָרִ֔ים	1	Alternate translation: “heard the message”
22:30	i3xp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּיטַ֖ב בְּ⁠עֵינֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	Here “in their eyes” means “in their opinion.”
22:31	ab6h			לֹֽא־מְעַלְתֶּ֥ם בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה הַ⁠מַּ֣עַל הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “broken your promise to him”
22:31	w1fn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	הִצַּלְתֶּ֛ם אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠יַּ֥ד יְהוָֽה	1	Here “the hand of Yahweh” refers to his punishment. Protecting the people is spoken of as rescuing them from his hand. Alternate translation: “you have kept Yahweh from punishing us”
22:33	pn48		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּיטַ֣ב הַ⁠דָּבָ֗ר בְּ⁠עֵינֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	Here “good in the eyes” means “accepted.” Alternate translation: “The people accepted the report of the leaders”
22:33	h5hk			לְ⁠שַׁחֵת֙ אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “destroy everything in the land”
22:34	xf56		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	עֵ֥ד הוּא֙ בֵּֽינֹתֵ֔י⁠נוּ	1	The altar is spoken of as if it were a witness that could testify for the three tribes.
23:intro	v3r6				0	# Joshua 23 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Joshua’s final words to Israel (Joshua 23–24)\n\n“Do not marry with the heathen people but drive them out.” ##### Drive them out\n\nThe Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land because if the Israelites married the Canaanites, the Canaanites would cause them to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
23:2	vyz9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	זָקַ֔נְתִּי בָּ֖אתִי בַּ⁠יָּמִֽים	1	This doublet can be translated as “very old.”
23:4	t22f			הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן	1	This is a short name for the Jordan River.
23:4	bf99			מְב֥וֹא הַ⁠שָּֽׁמֶשׁ	1	This indicates the direction of the setting sun.
23:6	w84i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י סוּר־מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ יָמִ֥ין וּ⁠שְׂמֹֽאול	1	Disobeying the commands of the law of Moses is spoken of as turning to the right or to the left away from a path.
23:7	mc72			לְ⁠בִלְתִּי־בוֹא֙ בַּ⁠גּוֹיִ֣ם הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה	1	This could mean: (1) having close friendship with them or (2) intermarrying with them.
23:7	vkw6			תַזְכִּ֨ירוּ֙	1	to speak of
23:7	wbj7			אֱלֹהֵי⁠הֶ֤ם	1	This refers to the gods of the remaining nations.
23:8	k6my		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בַּ⁠יהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם תִּדְבָּ֑קוּ	1	“hold tightly to Yahweh.” Believing in Yahweh is spoken of as if they were holding tightly onto him. Alternate translation: “continue to believe in Yahweh”
23:8	q6qx			עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	Alternate translation: “until the present time”
23:9	wf3v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לֹא־עָ֤מַד אִישׁ֙ בִּ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	Here “stand” represents holding ground in a battle. The word “you” refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
23:10	iar1			אֶחָ֥ד	1	only one
23:10	lx1z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	אָ֑לֶף	1	“1,000”
23:12	i2mf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וּ⁠דְבַקְתֶּם֙ בְּ⁠יֶ֨תֶר֙ הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֣ם הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה	1	Accepting the beliefs of these nations is spoken of as holding tightly to them. Alternate translation: “accept the beliefs of the survivors of these nations”
23:13	pdx3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	לְ⁠פַ֣ח וּ⁠לְ⁠מוֹקֵ֗שׁ	1	The words “snare” and “trap” mean basically the same thing. Together they speak of the other nations as if they were a deadly trap that will cause trouble for Israel. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:13	ut82		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וּ⁠לְ⁠שֹׁטֵ֤ט בְּ⁠צִדֵּי⁠כֶם֙ וְ⁠לִ⁠צְנִנִ֣ים בְּ⁠עֵינֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	These phrases speak of the troubles these nations will cause Israel as if they were as painful as whips and thorns.
23:14	ba62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	אָנֹכִ֤י הוֹלֵךְ֙ הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם בְּ⁠דֶ֖רֶךְ כָּל־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	Joshua uses a polite term to refer to his death. Alternate translation: “I am going to die”
23:14	x3c7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	וִ⁠ידַעְתֶּ֞ם בְּ⁠כָל־לְבַבְ⁠כֶ֣ם וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־נַפְשְׁ⁠כֶ֗ם	1	Here the words “hearts” and “souls” have similar meanings. Together they emphasize deep personal knowledge.
23:14	vtt2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	לֹֽא־נָפַל֩ דָּבָ֨ר אֶחָ֜ד	1	These words emphasize that Yahweh’s promises have all occurred. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “every word has come true” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
23:16	xwa3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וַ⁠עֲבַדְתֶּם֙ אֱלֹהִ֣ים אֲחֵרִ֔ים וְ⁠הִשְׁתַּחֲוִיתֶ֖ם לָ⁠הֶ֑ם	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second describes how the people “worship other gods.”
23:16	wz7d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠חָרָ֤ה אַף־יְהוָה֙ בָּ⁠כֶ֔ם	1	“Kindled” here is a metaphor for the beginning of Yahweh’s anger, like a fire is “kindled” or started with “kindling” or very easy to start burning like dried grass or small twigs. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will begin to be angry with you”
24:intro	yqa8				0	# Joshua 24 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Joshua’s instructions\nIn this chapter, Joshua gives the leaders and people instructions in preparation for his death. It was common in the Ancient Near East for important leaders to do this. Unfortunately, the people of Israel did not listen to Joshua’s instructions.
24:1	e4nq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יֶּאֶסֹ֧ף יְהוֹשֻׁ֛עַ אֶת־כָּל־שִׁבְטֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	Joshua’s summons to the tribes is spoken of as if he gathered them together in a basket. Alternate translation: “Joshua asked all the tribes of Israel to meet with him”
24:1	c7pt			וַ⁠יִּֽתְיַצְּב֖וּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י	1	Alternate translation: “came and stood in front of” or “came before”
24:2	tn5x			מֵֽ⁠עוֹלָ֔ם	1	Alternate translation: “many years ago”
24:2	y8s6			כֹּֽה־אָמַ֣ר	1	Joshua begins to quote what Yahweh had said previously. The quotation continues until the end of verse 13.
24:2	uke1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	תֶּ֛רַח & נָח֑וֹר	1	These are the names of men.
24:4	z8e8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	שֵׂעִיר֙	1	This is the name of a place.
24:4	azj7			יָרְד֥וּ	1	Egypt was lower in elevation that the land of Canaan. Alternate translation: “traveled”
24:5	shc6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	הוֹצֵ֥אתִי אֶתְ⁠כֶֽם	1	The word “you” is plural and refers to the entire nation of Israel.
24:6	uxu8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	וָֽ⁠אוֹצִ֤יא אֶת־אֲבֽוֹתֵי⁠כֶם֙	1	The word “your” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel.
24:7	t8kg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	וַ⁠יִּצְעֲק֣וּ & בֵּינֵי⁠כֶ֣ם	1	Yahweh continually alternates between these two phrases, which both refer to all the Israelites, past and present. The word “you” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel.
24:7	rv8q			אֶת־הַ⁠יָּם֙	1	This refers to the Sea of Reeds.
24:7	gqs1			בַ⁠מִּדְבָּ֖ר	1	an uninhabited area, a desert
24:8	xwk4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	אֶתְ⁠כֶ֗ם	1	The word “you” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel.
24:8	ew9g			הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן	1	This is a short name for the Jordan River.
24:8	wu3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וָ⁠אֶתֵּ֨ן אוֹתָ֤⁠ם בְּ⁠יֶדְ⁠כֶם֙	1	Here “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “enabled you to conquer them”
24:9	eb7h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בָּלָ֤ק & צִפּוֹר֙	1	men’s names
24:9	l9gd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	אֶתְ⁠כֶֽם	1	The word “you” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel.
24:10	jr3f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וָ⁠אַצִּ֥ל אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם מִ⁠יָּדֽ	1	Here “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “enabled you to overcome him”
24:11	b324		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	וַ⁠תַּעַבְר֣וּ	1	The word “you” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel.
24:11	jx4u			אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֮	1	This is a short name for the Jordan River.
24:12	d1wr			אֶת־הַ⁠צִּרְעָ֔ה	1	A small fast flying stinging insect that lives in colonies. Here, many “hornets” are spoken of as only one.
24:13	qv5z				0	# General Information:\n\nJoshua finishes quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
24:15	gei6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠אִם֩ רַ֨ע בְּֽ⁠עֵינֵי⁠כֶ֜ם	1	The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or desire. Alternate translation: “If you do not want”
24:15	bff7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וּ⁠בֵיתִ֔⁠י	1	This represents his family that lives in his house. Alternate translation: “my family”
24:17	uf71		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	אֹתָ֧⁠נוּ וְ⁠אֶת־אֲבוֹתֵ֛י⁠נוּ	1	The people speak as if they were present with their ancestors, and interchange the words “us” and “we” with “our ancestors.”
24:17	n1g2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית עֲבָדִ֑ים	1	Here “house” is an idiom that refers to the location of their slavery. Alternate translation: “place where we were slaves”
24:17	v2lc			הָֽ⁠עַמִּ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָבַ֖רְנוּ	1	Alternate translation: “nations that we passed through”
24:19	in4p			הָ⁠עָ֗ם	1	This refers to the Israelites.
24:19	di8z			אֵֽל־קַנּ֣וֹא ה֔וּא	1	God wants his people to worship only him.
24:20	l4yi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠שָׁ֨ב & וְ⁠כִלָּ֣ה אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם	1	Yahweh’s anger is spoken of as if he was a fire that would destroy them. Alternate translation: “He will destroy you as with fire”
24:21	mt8s			הָ⁠עָ֖ם	1	This refers to the Israelites.
24:23	h48g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הַטּוּ֙ אֶת־לְבַבְ⁠כֶ֔ם אֶל־יְהוָ֖ה	1	Deciding to obey Yahweh only is spoken of as turning their heart towards him. Here “heart” represents the whole person. In this case, “heart” is plural because it refers to all the Israelites as a single group. However, it may be best to translate it in the plural since “your” is plural. Alternate translation: “turn yourselves to Yahweh” or “decide to obey Yahweh” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
24:24	ut8c			הָ⁠עָ֖ם	1	This refers to the Israelites.
24:24	yq9g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וּ⁠בְ⁠קוֹל֖⁠וֹ נִשְׁמָֽע	1	Here “listen” means to obey. Alternate translation: “We will obey everything he tells us to do”
24:25	g8by		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם ל֛⁠וֹ חֹ֥ק וּ⁠מִשְׁפָּ֖ט	1	Establishing laws is spoken of as if Joshua physically set them in place like monuments. Alternate translation: “He established decrees and laws” or “He gave them laws and decrees to obey”
24:26	n7ac			בְּ⁠סֵ֖פֶר תּוֹרַ֣ת אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1	This appears to be a continuation of the writings of Moses.
24:26	ct9g			וַ⁠יְקִימֶ֣⁠הָ שָּׁ֔ם	1	Alternate translation: “placed it there”
24:27	u7ad			הָ⁠עָ֗ם	1	This refers to the Israelites.
24:27	mkt9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	הָ⁠אֶ֤בֶן הַ⁠זֹּאת֙ תִּֽהְיֶה־בָּ֣⁠נוּ לְ⁠עֵדָ֔ה כִּֽי־הִ֣יא שָׁמְעָ֗ה אֵ֚ת כָּל־אִמְרֵ֣י	1	The stone that Joshua set up is spoken of as if it were a person who heard what was spoken and would be able to testify about what was said.
24:27	h23i			פֶּֽן־תְּכַחֲשׁ֖וּ⁠ן	1	Alternate translation: “if you ever”
24:29	e9uy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	בֶּן־מֵאָ֥ה וָ⁠עֶ֖שֶׂר שָׁנִֽים	1	“one hundred and ten years old”
24:30	iyt3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בְּ⁠תִמְנַת־סֶ֖רַח & לְ⁠הַר־גָּֽעַשׁ	1	names of places
24:31	gf2q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֣י יְהוֹשֻׁ֑עַ	1	This is an idiom that refers to Joshua’s entire life.
24:31	r7xz			הֶאֱרִ֤יכוּ יָמִים֙ אַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוֹשֻׁ֔עַ	1	Alternate translation: “lived longer than Joshua”
24:32	a3ik			עַצְמ֣וֹת י֠וֹסֵף & קָבְר֣וּ בִ⁠שְׁכֶם֒	1	It may be helpful to change the order of the beginning of this sentence. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel brought the bones of Joseph up out of Egypt and buried them at Shechem”
24:32	ve2g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	בְּ⁠מֵאָ֣ה קְשִׂיטָ֑ה	1	“100 pieces”
24:33	ur16		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠אֶלְעָזָ֥ר	1	This is a man’s name.
24:33	rv7j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בְּ⁠גִבְעַת֙	1	This is the name of a place.
4:8	q4qp			לְ⁠מִסְפַּ֖ר שִׁבְטֵ֣י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	See how you translated the identical phrase “according to the number of the tribes of the sons of Israel” in [4:5](../04/05.md).
4:8	z2cj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן	1	Here, the phrase **the Jordan** refers to the riverbed of the **Jordan** River, as it did in [3:17](../03/17.md). See how you translated the phrase **the Jordan** there. Alternate translation: “the river bed of the Jordan” or “the Jordan’s river bed”
4:20	s8s2			וְ⁠אֵת֩ שְׁתֵּ֨ים עֶשְׂרֵ֤ה הָֽ⁠אֲבָנִים֙ הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֥ר לָקְח֖וּ מִן־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן	1	Each tribe was to take one stone from the Jordan River so Joshua could build a memorial of the crossing event.
5:1	q8mi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗⁠ם		Here “hearts” refers to their courage. They were so afraid that it was as if their courage melted away like wax in a fire. Alternate translation: “they lost all their courage” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5:1	a2wh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠לֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥⁠ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ		Here “spirit” refers to their will to fight. Alternate translation: “they no longer had any will to fight”
5:4	uz5p				1	the men who were old enough to be soldiers
5:13	iyi7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֤א עֵינָי⁠ו֙ וַ⁠יַּ֔רְא וְ⁠הִנֵּה־אִישׁ֙ עֹמֵ֣ד		Here looking up is spoken of as if Joshua literally lifted his eyes in his hands. Alternate translation: “he looked up and saw that a man was standing”
6:6	s5ne				1	Alternate translation: “Pick up the ark of the covenant”
6:17	w1sn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “You must set apart to Yahweh the city and all that is in it for destruction” or “You must set apart to Yahweh the city and all that is in it by destroying it”
6:17	ugl7				0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nJoshua continues speaking to the people of Israel.